[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2011010779A1 - Hinge apparatus for portable terminal - Google Patents

Hinge apparatus for portable terminal Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2011010779A1
WO2011010779A1 PCT/KR2010/000620 KR2010000620W WO2011010779A1 WO 2011010779 A1 WO2011010779 A1 WO 2011010779A1 KR 2010000620 W KR2010000620 W KR 2010000620W WO 2011010779 A1 WO2011010779 A1 WO 2011010779A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
sub
main
hinge
cam
shaft
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/KR2010/000620
Other languages
French (fr)
Korean (ko)
Inventor
์‹ ์ •ํ•™
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Prexco Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Prexco Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Prexco Co Ltd filed Critical Prexco Co Ltd
Publication of WO2011010779A1 publication Critical patent/WO2011010779A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/0202Portable telephone sets, e.g. cordless phones, mobile phones or bar type handsets
    • H04M1/0206Portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts, e.g. hinged housings
    • H04M1/0208Portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts, e.g. hinged housings characterized by the relative motions of the body parts
    • H04M1/0214Foldable telephones, i.e. with body parts pivoting to an open position around an axis parallel to the plane they define in closed position
    • H04M1/0216Foldable in one direction, i.e. using a one degree of freedom hinge
    • H04M1/022The hinge comprising two parallel pivoting axes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/0202Portable telephone sets, e.g. cordless phones, mobile phones or bar type handsets
    • H04M1/0206Portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts, e.g. hinged housings
    • H04M1/0208Portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts, e.g. hinged housings characterized by the relative motions of the body parts
    • H04M1/0214Foldable telephones, i.e. with body parts pivoting to an open position around an axis parallel to the plane they define in closed position
    • H04M1/0216Foldable in one direction, i.e. using a one degree of freedom hinge
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16CSHAFTS; FLEXIBLE SHAFTS; ELEMENTS OR CRANKSHAFT MECHANISMS; ROTARY BODIES OTHER THAN GEARING ELEMENTS; BEARINGS
    • F16C11/00Pivots; Pivotal connections
    • F16C11/04Pivotal connections

Definitions

  • An exemplary embodiment of the present invention relates to a hinge device for a portable terminal, and more particularly, to a hinge device for a portable terminal to enable the cover to rotate 360 degrees by folding.
  • mobile terminals such as mobile phones, PDAs, notebook computers, and DMB phones are widely used to wirelessly use services such as communication and broadcasting while moving in places other than a fixed location.
  • the mobile terminal is one of the essential necessities that are indispensable in order to enjoy the convenience of life according to the information age. Especially, the mobile terminal is widely distributed to elementary, middle and high school students and the elderly.
  • the portable terminal has been expected to expect a product to which new design or function is given.
  • the portable terminal is coupled to a main body provided with a keypad and a cover provided with a display panel so as to be open and close to each other, and may be classified into a folding method, a sliding method, and a swing method according to the opening / closing structure of the cover for the main body.
  • the portable terminal for opening and closing the cover in the folder method is one of the most applied in recent years because of various advantages such as easy to use, less trouble, and a stylish design.
  • Such a folder-type portable terminal can open and close the cover in a vertical direction with respect to the main body through a hinge device, the hinge device is composed of a fixed cam, a mobile cam, an elastic member and a hinge shaft, and the like of these components The interaction allows the cover to be opened or closed at a predetermined angle (approximately 150-180).
  • hinge shafts In this industry, two hinge shafts are provided, and a fixed cam, a mobile cam, and an elastic member are mounted on each hinge shaft, and the development of a hinge device including a gear that is engaged with each hinge shaft is immersed.
  • the hinge device of the prior art is configured as a structure in which both ends of each hinge shaft are coupled to the case of the main body and the cover, there is a problem in the operability of the entire device such as the hinge shaft is deformed or the gears are cracked during repeated opening and closing of the cover. It also causes problems.
  • the appearance of the conventional mobile terminals has been developed based on the appearance suitable for performing a communication function such as voice call and message transmission, so it is inconvenient to use a multimedia service. There is this.
  • a display device of a general portable terminal is set to be long in a vertical direction, it is inconvenient to use multimedia media services such as digital multimedia broadcasting (DMB), video, and games.
  • multimedia media services such as digital multimedia broadcasting (DMB), video, and games.
  • Exemplary embodiments of the present invention have been created to improve the above problems, and ultimately, a portable terminal capable of rotating the cover of the portable terminal 360 degrees in a folding manner while promoting structural stability of the entire device.
  • a hinge device Provide a hinge device.
  • the hinge device for a portable terminal is for rotating the first body of the portable terminal as a preset rotation range with respect to the second body, and is separated from each other and separated from each other.
  • Each main hinge module and sub hinge module configured to be connected to,
  • the main hinge module and the sub hinge module are connected through a first frame fixed to the first body, form a first hinge axis of the first body, and are connected through a second frame fixed to the second body.
  • a second hinge axis parallel to the first hinge axis is formed, and the gear unit and the cam unit are formed on the coaxial axis of each of the first and second hinge axes to rotate the first and second bodies in an open range of 0 to 360 degrees. Implement this free-stop open.
  • the main hinge module is rotatably mounted to the first hinge case on a coaxial axis of the first hinge case and a first hinge case rotatably connected to the first and second bodies. And a second main rotating shaft rotatably mounted to the first hinge case on a coaxial axis of the second hinge shaft in parallel with the first main rotating shaft.
  • the main hinge module may configure a main gear unit and a main cam unit on the first and second main rotation shafts.
  • the main hinge module may include a main elastic member mounted on the first and second main rotary shafts and exerting a bullet force to the main cam unit.
  • the sub-hinge module includes a second hinge case rotatably connected to the first and second bodies separately from the first hinge case, and the first hinge shaft on the coaxial axis of the first hinge shaft.
  • a first sub-rotation shaft rotatably mounted to a second hinge case and connected to the first main rotation shaft through the first frame, and coaxially with the second hinge shaft to the second hinge case in parallel with the first sub-rotation shaft;
  • the second sub-rotation shaft may be rotatably mounted and connected to the second main rotation shaft through the second frame.
  • the sub-hinge module may configure a sub gear unit and a sub cam unit on the first and second sub-rotation shafts.
  • the sub-hinge module may include a sub-elastic member mounted on the first and second sub-rotation shafts to exert a force of discrimination with the sub cam unit.
  • the second hinge case may form a movement path through which a flexible printed circuit electrically connected to the circuit devices of the first and second bodies may pass.
  • the first main rotation axis and the first sub rotation axis may be connected through the first frame to form the first hinge axis.
  • the second main rotation axis and the second sub rotation axis may be connected through the second frame to form the second hinge axis.
  • the main gear unit is rotatably installed inside the first and second main drive gears and the first hinge case are fixed to the first and second main rotation shaft, respectively.
  • a first main driven gear meshing with the first main driving gear and rotatably installed in the first hinge case and intermeshing with the first main driven gear and the second main driving gear. It may comprise a main driven gear.
  • the sub gear unit is rotatably installed in the first and second sub-drive gears and the second hinge case, which are installed to be fixed to the first and second sub-rotation shafts, respectively.
  • a first sub-driven gear that meshes with the first sub-drive gear and a second sub-drive gear rotatably installed in the second hinge case and meshing with the first sub-driven gear and the second sub-drive gear.
  • Sub-driven gears are rotatably installed in the first and second sub-drive gears and the second hinge case, which are installed to be fixed to the first and second sub-rotation shafts, respectively.
  • a first sub-driven gear that meshes with the first sub-drive gear and a second sub-drive gear rotatably installed in the second hinge case and meshing with the first sub-driven gear and the second sub-drive gear.
  • the main cam unit is rotatably mounted to the first and second main rotation shafts separately from the first and second main drive gears, respectively, and the first and second main shafts are respectively rotatable. It may include a main rotary cam coupled to the drive gear, and a main movable cam installed in the axial direction on the first and the second main rotary shaft so as to be linearly movable in contact with each of the main rotary cams.
  • each of the first and second main drive gears is insert injection molded to the first and second main rotary shafts, respectively, and a pair of coupling protrusions that can be coupled to the respective main rotary cams. May be formed integrally.
  • each main rotary cam may be formed with a pair of coupling grooves into which the coupling protrusions can be fitted.
  • the main mobile cam may form first and second cam portions in cam contact with each of the main rotary cams, and the first and second cam portions may be integrally formed.
  • the sub cam unit is capable of linearly moving along the axial direction to a sub rotary cam formed integrally with the first and second sub driving gears, respectively, and the first and second sub rotating shafts. It may include a sub-moving cam is installed so as to be in contact with the cam cam and each sub-rotation cam.
  • each of the first and second sub-drive gears and the sub-rotary cams may be formed by insert injection molding on the first and second sub-rotation shafts.
  • the sub moving cam may include third and fourth cam portions in cam contact with each of the sub-rotary cams, and the third and fourth cam portions may be integrally formed.
  • the main hinge module is installed to be fixed to the first hinge case with the first and second main driven gears interposed therebetween so that each of the first and second main rotary shafts and the respective
  • the apparatus may further include first and second main holders rotatably supporting the first and second main driven gears.
  • the first main holder is fixed to the first hinge case through a bolt, and a pair of agents to which the respective first and second main rotary shafts can be rotatably fitted. 1 mounting hole may be formed.
  • the second main holder is fixedly installed on a fixing protrusion formed in the first hinge case, and a pair of second through which the first and second main driving gears pass. Mounting holes may be formed.
  • each of the first and second main holders may be formed with a pair of first mounting grooves rotatably supporting the first and second main driven gears.
  • the sub-hinge module is installed to be fixed to the second hinge case with the first and second sub-driven gears interposed therebetween and at one end of each of the first and second sub-rotation shafts.
  • First and second sub-holders rotatably supporting the first and second sub-driven gears, and fixed to the second hinge case to rotate the other end of each of the first and second sub-rotation shafts. It may further include a third sub holder that possibly supports.
  • the first sub holder is fixed to the second hinge case through a bolt, and as long as one end of each of the first and second sub rotating shafts can be rotatably fitted.
  • a pair of third mounting holes may be formed.
  • the second sub holder is fixedly installed on a fixing protrusion formed in the second hinge case, and a pair of fourths through which the first and second sub driving gears pass. Mounting holes may be formed.
  • the third sub holder is fixed to the second hinge case through a bolt, and the other one end of each of the first and second sub rotating shafts can be rotatably fitted.
  • the fifth mounting hole may be formed.
  • each of the first and second sub holders may be provided with a pair of second mounting grooves rotatably supporting the first and second sub-driven gears.
  • the third sub holder may form a movement path through which a flexible printed circuit electrically connected to the circuit devices of the first and second bodies may pass.
  • the main elastic member may be formed as a compression coil spring mounted to the first and second main rotary shafts, respectively.
  • the sub-elastic member may be formed as a wave spring having a pair of shaft holes into which the respective first and second sub-rotation shafts can be fitted.
  • the first body is rotated 360 degrees with respect to the second body in a state in which the first and second bodies face 0 degrees, and an arbitrary angle.
  • Free-stop open which can be stopped at, can be implemented to improve usability.
  • the main hinge module since the main hinge module generates a driving torque for realizing the pre-stop operation, the main hinge module includes a sub hinge module that is separated from, connected to, and interlocked with the main hinge module. It is possible to support the hinge operation, and to suppress the play with the second body when the first body is opened.
  • the first and second hinge shafts are connected through the driving gears and the driven gears. It can be made small, the size and thickness of the entire hinge device can be reduced, and the structural stability of the portable terminal can be improved.
  • the fourth through part of the second hinge case is formed as a dummy part for supporting the relative rotation of the first and second bodies, the dummy part does not need to be assembled separately, thereby simplifying the assembly process and parts. Can be.
  • the fourth through portion as the dummy portion can absorb the impact of opening and closing the first and second bodies, the first and second hinge shafts are deformed by the impact, or the driving gears and the driven gear Can be prevented from being damaged.
  • the flexible printed circuit since the movement path of the flexible printed circuit is formed inside the second hinge case through the third sub holder, the flexible printed circuit can be easily mounted and wired.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view illustrating a hinge device for a portable terminal according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a front configuration diagram of FIG. 1.
  • FIG. 3 is a partially exploded perspective view of FIG. 1.
  • FIG. 4 is a front configuration diagram of FIG. 3.
  • FIG. 5 is an overall exploded perspective view of FIG. 1.
  • FIG. 6 is a view showing an operating state of the hinge device for a mobile terminal according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 1 is a combined perspective view showing a hinge device for a portable terminal according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention
  • Figure 2 is a front configuration of Figure 1
  • Figure 3 is a partially exploded perspective view of Figure 1
  • Figure 4 3 is a front configuration diagram
  • FIG. 5 is an overall exploded perspective view of FIG. 1.
  • the hinge device 100 may be applied to the portable terminal 1 including the first body 3 as a cover and the second body 5 as the main body.
  • the portable terminal 1 is a typical mobile phone of a folder opening and closing method in which the first and second bodies 3 and 5 rotate in the vertical direction or the left and right directions through the hinge device 100 according to the embodiment according to the position. Can be mentioned.
  • the portable terminal 1 may provide a multimedia service such as text data input, DMB, video, game, etc. while basically performing a mobile communication function such as voice / video call and message transmission.
  • a multimedia service such as text data input, DMB, video, game, etc.
  • a mobile communication function such as voice / video call and message transmission.
  • the first body 3 forms a display unit (not shown) such as a liquid crystal panel or a touch panel on the front surface of the first body 3 based on the open state with respect to the second body 5.
  • a display unit such as a liquid crystal panel or a touch panel
  • the second body 5 constitutes a keypad portion (not shown) on the front surface facing the first body 3 on the basis of the closed state facing the first body 3.
  • the first and second bodies 3 and 5 are formed as rectangular bodies having a length longer than the width, and can be mutually rotated in the width direction or the length direction through the hinge device 100 according to the present embodiment. Is fitted.
  • the second body 5 may include alphabets and Korean characters.
  • a keypad portion (not shown) of a qwerty keyboard arrangement capable of inputting can be employed.
  • the portable terminal 1 to which the exemplary embodiment of the present invention is applied may include a so-called qwerty phone or a game phone.
  • An exemplary embodiment of the present invention is not particularly limited to that the mobile terminal 1 as described above is applied only to a general mobile phone capable of mobile communication.
  • the portable terminal 1 may be a personal digital assistant (PDA), a smart phone, a hand held PC, an MP3 / MP4 player, a game machine, a netbook, a notebook, or the like. It may be applied to the same portable electric and electronic device.
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • smart phone a hand held PC
  • MP3 / MP4 player a game machine
  • netbook a notebook
  • the portable electronic device may include a predetermined communication module such as a code division multiplexing access (CDMA) module, a Bluetooth module, an infrared communication module (IrDA), a wired or wireless LAN card, and perform a multimedia play function such as a game item. May be provided with a microprocessor.
  • a predetermined communication module such as a code division multiplexing access (CDMA) module, a Bluetooth module, an infrared communication module (IrDA), a wired or wireless LAN card, and perform a multimedia play function such as a game item. May be provided with a microprocessor.
  • the hinge device 100 according to the exemplary embodiment of the present invention applied to the portable terminal 1 as described above opens the preset rotation range of the first and second bodies 3 and 5, that is, 0 to 360 degrees. It is possible to implement free-stop opening free of rotation of the first and second bodies 3 and 5 in the range.
  • the portable terminal 1 to which the exemplary embodiment of the present invention is applied may open the first body 3 with respect to the second body 5 by 360 degrees.
  • the user can use the general mobile communication function in a state in which the first body 3 is opened with respect to the second body 5 at a predetermined interval, and the first body 3 is connected to the second body 5.
  • multimedia information such as text information, image (picture, video) information, and terrestrial broadcasting can be conveniently used.
  • the hinge device 100 for a portable terminal basically includes a main hinge module 101 and a sub hinge module 301.
  • the main hinge module 101 and the sub-hinge module 301 are separated from each other between the first and second bodies 3 and 5 and are connected to the first and second bodies 3 and 5 in a separated state.
  • the bar is configured to be connected to one side and the other side hinge arm (not shown) of the first and second bodies 3, 5.
  • the main hinge module 101 is configured to be connected to one side hinge arms (not shown) of the first and second bodies 3 and 5, and implements the aforementioned free-stop operation. To generate a driving torque.
  • the sub-hinge module 301 is configured to be connected to the other side hinge arms (not shown) of the first and second bodies 3 and 5, and interlocks with the main hinge module 101 and the main hinge module 101. It supports the hinge operation, and serves to suppress the play with the second body 5 when the first body 3 is open.
  • the main hinge module 101 and the sub-hinge module 301 are connected to each other through the first frame 103 fixed to the first body 3 to support the rotation of the first body 3.
  • the first hinge shaft 105 is formed.
  • the main hinge module 101 and the sub hinge module 301 are connected to each other through a second frame 303 fixed to the second body 5 to support rotation of the second body 5.
  • 2 hinge shaft 305 is formed.
  • first and second hinge axes 105 and 305 form parallel axes to each other and form a rotation center point on one side and the other one side hinge arm (not shown) of the first and second bodies 3 and 5. .
  • main hinge module 101 and the sub hinge module 301 constitute a gear unit and a cam unit which will be described later on the coaxial axis of the first and second hinge shafts 105 and 305.
  • the hinge device 100 for a portable terminal is free to rotate the first and second bodies in an open range of 0 to 360 degrees through the main hinge module 101 and the sub hinge module 301. Free-stop open can be implemented.
  • the main hinge module 101, the first hinge case 110, the first main rotary shaft 120, the second main rotary shaft 130, the main gear unit 140, the main cam It comprises a unit 150 and the main elastic member 160.
  • the first hinge case 110 is for mounting and accommodating the following components, and the components of the first hinge case 110 are rotatable on one side hinge arms (not shown) of the first and second bodies 3 and 5. Connected.
  • the first hinge case 110 is formed as a pair of cases that can be mutually coupled and separated through the bolt (B), the case has a variety of protrusions, ribs, grooves, holes, etc. for substantially supporting the components
  • the accessory elements are provided.
  • the first hinge case 110 forms an inner space while a pair of cases are coupled to each other, and on one side thereof, a pair of first through-holes 111 connected to the inner space are formed, and the other side surface thereof. A pair of second through-holes 112 are formed in the inner space.
  • first and second through parts 111 and 112 are formed as cylindrical protrusions having circular holes, and are connected to one side hinge arms (not shown) of the first and second bodies 3 and 5. It serves to support the relative rotation of the first and second body (3, 5).
  • the first through part 111 is a part supporting one end of the first and second main rotary shafts 120 and 130 which will be described later, and the second through part 112 is the first and second parts.
  • the other end of the main rotating shaft (120, 130) is supported and the other end is a portion that is drawn out through.
  • Reference numeral 115 which is not described in the drawing, indicates a bolt fastening hole for fastening a pair of cases through the bolt B to form the first hinge case 110, and 117 indicates that the bolt B may be engaged. It shows the binding protrusion.
  • the first main axis of rotation 120 is for supporting the rotation of the first body 3, so as to be rotatable inside the first hinge case 110 on the coaxial of the first hinge shaft 105 as mentioned above It is mounted, and is installed to be substantially connected to the first body (3) of the portable terminal (1).
  • the first main rotary shaft 120 has one side end supported by the first through part 111 of the first hinge case 110 (the upper side in the drawing), and the other one end thereof has the second through part 112. : It is mounted so as to partially protrude to the outside through the upper position in the drawing).
  • a first ring groove 121 is formed at one end of the first main rotation shaft 120, and the first main rotation shaft 120 is rotatable to the first hinge case 110 in the first ring groove 121.
  • the first ring member 123 as an E-ring for fast coupling is mounted.
  • first main rotation shaft 120 guides the elastic deformation of the main elastic member 160, which will be described later, and a first spring guide having a bush shape for supporting rotation of the rotation shaft 120 ( 125 is mounted, and the first spring guide 125 is mounted on the first through part 111 of the first hinge case 110.
  • the second main axis of rotation 130 is for supporting the rotation of the second body 5, the first hinge in parallel with the first main axis of rotation 120 on the coaxial of the second hinge axis 305 mentioned It is rotatably mounted in the case 110 and is installed to be substantially connected to the second body 5 of the portable terminal 1.
  • the second main rotary shaft 130 has one side end supported by the first through part 111 of the first hinge case 110 (the lower side in the drawing), and the other one end thereof has the second through part 112. : It is mounted so as to partially protrude to the outside through the lower position in the drawing).
  • a second ring groove 131 is formed at one end of the second main rotation shaft 130, and the second main rotation shaft 130 is rotatable to the first hinge case 110 in the second ring groove 131.
  • the second ring member 133 as an E-ring for fast fitting is mounted.
  • one side end of the second main rotary shaft 130 guides the elastic deformation of the main elastic member 160, which will be described later, and a second spring guide having a bush shape for supporting the rotation of the rotary shaft 130 ( As the bar 135 is mounted, the second spring guide 135 is mounted on the first through part 111 of the first hinge case 110.
  • the main gear unit 140 includes first and second main drive gears 141 and 142 and first and second main driven gears 145 and 146.
  • the first and second main drive gears 141 and 142 are spur gears, which are installed to be fixed to the first and second main rotation shafts 120 and 130, respectively, preferably the first and second main rotation shafts 120. And insert injection molding on 130).
  • each of the first and second main drive gears 141 and 142 is integrally formed with a pair of engaging projections 143 and 144 protruding outward from the concentric circles of the gear.
  • the first main driven gear 145 (also referred to as โ€œidle gearโ€ in the art) is rotatably installed in the first hinge case 110 in response to the first main drive gear 141.
  • the first main driven gear 145 is meshed with the first main driving gear 141 and is rotatably mounted in a direction opposite to the rotation direction of the first main rotation shaft 120.
  • the second main driven gear 146 is rotatably installed in the first hinge case 110 in response to the second main driving gear 142.
  • the second main driven gear 146 meshes with the first main driven gear 145 and the second main driving gear 142, and is rotatable in a direction opposite to the rotational direction of the second main rotating shaft 130. Is mounted.
  • the second main driven gear 146 meshes with the first main driven gear 145 and the second main driving gear 142, and thus rotates in a direction opposite to the rotation direction of the first main driven gear 145. And, it serves to transmit the rotational force to the second main rotation shaft 130 through the second main drive gear 142.
  • the second main drive gear 142 is meshed with the second main driven gear 146, the second main rotation shaft 130 rotates in the reverse direction opposite to the rotation direction of the first main rotation shaft 120. do.
  • the main hinge module 101 includes the first and second main rotary shafts 120 and 130 and the first and second main driven gears 145 and 146 inside the first hinge case 110. It includes a first and second main holder (210, 220) for rotatably supporting the.
  • the first and second main holders 210 and 220 are fixed to the first hinge case 110 with the first and second main driven gears 145 and 146 therebetween.
  • first main holder 210 may be fixed to the first hinge case 110 through the bolt B, and the first and second main rotation shafts 120 and 130 may be rotatably fitted.
  • a pair of first mounting holes 211 are formed.
  • the second main holder 220 is fixed to the fixing protrusion 221 formed on the first hinge case 110, and as long as the first and second main driving gears 141 and 142 can pass therethrough.
  • the pair of second mounting holes 223 are formed.
  • the second main holder 220 forms a fixing groove 225 into which the fixing protrusion 221 of the first hinge case 110 can be fitted.
  • each of the first and second main holders 210 and 220 is provided with a pair of first mounting grooves 218 rotatably supporting the first and second main driven gears 145 and 146. .
  • the main cam unit 150 includes a main rotating cam 151 and a main moving cam 155.
  • the main rotary cam 151 is rotatably mounted to the first and second main rotary shafts 120 and 130 separately from the first and second main drive gears 141 and 142, respectively.
  • the main rotary cam 151 is coupled to the coupling protrusions 143 and 144 of the first and second main drive gears 141 and 142, respectively, and the first and second main drive gears 141 and 142 are coupled to each other.
  • a pair of coupling grooves 152 into which the protrusions 143 and 144 can be fitted is formed, respectively.
  • each of the main rotary cam 151 has an insertion hole that can be fitted to the first and second main rotary shafts 120 and 130, as mentioned above, the first and second in the open range of 0 to 360 degrees
  • the cam diagram is configured to be kept constant from the beginning to the end so that the rotation of the bodies 3 and 5 can implement free-stop opening freely.
  • the main cam 155 is installed on the first and second main rotary shafts 120 and 130 to linearly move along the axial direction.
  • the main mobile cam 155 has a pair of insertion holes 155a into which the first and second main rotary shafts 120 and 130 can be fitted, and each main rotary cam 151 contacts with each other.
  • the first and second cam portions 156 and 157 are integrally formed.
  • the main moving cam 155 is the first and second main rotation shaft (120, 130) is inserted into the insertion hole (155a) and is linearly moved along the axis direction of the rotation shaft (120, 130).
  • the cam diagrams from the beginning to the end of the first and second cam portions 156 and 157 can implement free-stop opening in which the first and second bodies 3 and 5 can be freely rotated. Configure to remain constant.
  • each main rotary cam 151 is not formed integrally with the first and second main drive gears (141, 142), the reason for configuring to be able to be coupled to these drive gears (141, 142) Since a large torque is required to implement free-stop opening of the first and second bodies 3 and 5, the torque causes the durability of the first and second main rotary shafts 120 and 130 to be reduced. This is to prevent deterioration.
  • the main elastic member 160 is for the main mobile cam 155 to be in close contact with the main rotary cam 151 to exert elastic force to the main mobile cam 155 so that they can come in contact with each other cam.
  • the main elastic member 160 is composed of a compression coil spring 161 mounted to the first and second main rotation shafts 120 and 130, respectively, the compression coil spring 161 has one end of the main moving cam 155. ) And the other end is supported by the first and second spring guides 125 and 135 of each of the main shafts 120 and 130.
  • the sub-hinge module 301 includes a second hinge case 310, a first sub rotation shaft 320, a second sub rotation shaft 330, a sub gear unit 340, and a sub cam unit. And a sub elastic member 360.
  • the second hinge case 310 is for mounting and accommodating the following components, and separates the first and second bodies 3 and 5 from the first hinge case 110 of the main hinge module 101. It is rotatably connected to the other side hinge arm (not shown).
  • the second hinge case 310 is formed as a pair of cases that can be mutually coupled and separated through the bolt (B), the case has a variety of protrusions, ribs, grooves, holes, etc. for substantially supporting the components
  • the accessory elements are provided.
  • the second hinge case 310 forms an inner space while a pair of cases are coupled to each other, and a pair of third through parts 311 connected to the inner space are formed at one side thereof, and the other one side surface thereof.
  • a pair of fourth through parts 312 connected to the inner space are formed in the inner side of the inner space.
  • the third and fourth through parts 311 and 312 are formed as cylindrical protrusions having circular holes, and are connected to other hinge arms (not shown) of the first and second bodies 3 and 5. It serves to support the relative rotation of the first and second body (3, 5).
  • the third through part 311 supports one end of the first and second sub-rotation shafts 320 and 330 which will be described later, and one end thereof penetrates and is drawn out to the outside.
  • the part 312 is a dummy part connected to the other side hinge arm (not shown) of the first and second bodies 3, 5.
  • the third through part 311 faces the first through part 111 of the first hinge case 110 in which the other end portions of the first and second main rotation shafts 120 and 130 are drawn out. do.
  • the sub-hinge module 301 is provided with a flexible printed circuit 390 for electrically connecting the circuit devices (not shown) of the first and second bodies (3, 5),
  • the flexible printed circuit 390 may include a flexible PCB (FPCB) or a micro coaxial cable (MCX) that is widely used in the art.
  • the flexible printed circuit 390 passes through the inside of the second hinge case 310 and is connected to the circuit devices of the first and second bodies 3 and 5, and the second hinge case 310 is The flexible printed circuit 390 forms a movement path 314 through which it can pass.
  • the flexible printed circuit 390 passes through the movement path 314 of the second hinge case 310 and penetrates through the fourth through part 312 of the second hinge case 310 to allow the first and second to pass through. It is connected to the circuit arrangement of the bodies 3 and 5.
  • Reference numeral 315 which is not described in the drawing, indicates a bolt fastening hole for fastening a pair of cases through the bolt B to form the second hinge case 310.
  • the first sub-rotation shaft 320 is for supporting the rotation of the first body 3, and rotatably inside the second hinge case 310 on the coaxial axis of the first hinge shaft 105 mentioned above. It is mounted, and is installed to be substantially connected to the first body (3) of the portable terminal (1).
  • the first sub axis of rotation 320 is connected to the first main axis of rotation 120 of the main hinge module 101 through the first frame 103 of the predetermined length.
  • the first main axis of rotation 120 and the first sub axis of rotation 320 are connected to each other through the first frame 103 to form a first hinge axis 105, the first frame 103 is It is fixed to the first body 3 of the portable terminal 1 through a fastening means such as a bolt.
  • the first sub-rotation shaft 320 penetrates through the penetrating portion 311 in a state in which one end thereof is supported by the third penetrating portion 311 (located on the upper side in the drawing) of the second hinge case 310. Protrudes to the other end is mounted to be located inside the second hinge case (310).
  • a third ring groove 321 is formed at one end of the first sub rotating shaft 320, and the first sub rotating shaft 320 is rotatable to the second hinge case 310 in the third ring groove 321.
  • a third ring member 323 as an E-ring for fast fitting.
  • the second sub axis of rotation 330 is for supporting the rotation of the second body 5, the second hinge in parallel with the first sub axis of rotation 320 on the coaxial of the second hinge axis 305 mentioned It is rotatably mounted in the case 310 and is installed to be substantially connected to the second body 5 of the portable terminal 1.
  • the second sub rotary shaft 330 is connected to the second main rotary shaft 130 of the main hinge module 101 through the second frame 303 of the predetermined length.
  • the second main axis of rotation 130 and the second sub axis of rotation 330 are connected to each other through a second frame 303 to form a second hinge axis 305, the second frame 303 is It is fixed to the second body 5 of the portable terminal 1 through a fastening means such as a bolt.
  • the second sub-rotation shaft 330 penetrates through the penetrating portion 311 in a state in which one end thereof is supported by the third penetrating portion 311 (located below in the drawing) of the second hinge case 310. Protrudes to the other end is mounted to be located inside the second hinge case (310).
  • a fourth ring groove 331 is formed at one end of the second sub rotating shaft 330, and the second sub rotating shaft 330 is rotatable to the second hinge case 310 in the fourth ring groove 331.
  • a fourth ring member 333 as an E-ring for fast fitting.
  • the sub gear unit 340 includes first and second sub driving gears 341 and 342 and first and second sub driven gears 345 and 346.
  • the first and second sub-drive gears 341 and 342 are spur gears, which are installed to be fixed to the first and second sub-rotation shafts 320 and 330, respectively, and preferably the first and second sub-rotation shafts 320. And insert injection molding on 330, respectively.
  • the first sub-driven gear 345 (also referred to as โ€œidle gearโ€ in the art) is rotatably installed in the second hinge case 310 in response to the first sub-drive gear 341.
  • the first sub-driven gear 345 is meshed with the first sub-drive gear 341, and is rotatably mounted in a direction opposite to the rotation direction of the first sub-rotation shaft 320.
  • the second sub-driven gear 346 is rotatably installed in the second hinge case 310 in correspondence with the second sub-drive gear 342.
  • the second sub-driven gear 346 meshes with the first sub-driven gear 345 and the second sub-drive gear 342 so as to be rotatable in a direction opposite to the rotational direction of the second sub-rotation shaft 330. Is mounted.
  • the second sub-driven gear 346 is meshed with the first sub-driven gear 345 and the second sub-drive gear 342 so as to rotate in a direction opposite to the rotational direction of the first sub-driven gear 345.
  • the rotational force is transmitted to the second sub-rotation shaft 330 through the second sub-drive gear 342.
  • the first sub-driven gear 345 moves in the reverse direction.
  • the second sub-driven gear 346 rotates in the forward direction.
  • the second sub-drive gear 342 is meshed with the second sub-driven gear 346, the second sub-rotation shaft 330 rotates in the reverse direction opposite to the rotation direction of the first sub-rotation shaft 320. do.
  • the sub-hinge module 301 is one end of the first and second sub-rotation shaft (320, 330) and the first and second sub-driven gear 345 in the second hinge case (310) And first and second sub-holders 410 and 420 rotatably supporting 346.
  • the sub hinge module 301 supports a third sub holder 430 rotatably supporting the other end portions of the first and second sub rotation shafts 320 and 330 inside the second hinge case 310. It includes more.
  • first and second sub holders 410 and 420 are installed to be fixed to the second hinge case 310 with the first and second sub driven gears 345 and 346 interposed therebetween.
  • first sub holder 410 is fixed to the second hinge case 310 through the bolt (B), the first and second sub-rotation shaft (320, 330) can be rotatably fitted A pair of third mounting holes 411 are formed.
  • the second sub holder 420 is fixedly installed on the fixing protrusion 421 formed in the second hinge case 310, and has a pair of first and second sub driving gears 341 and 342 through which the second sub holder 420 may pass.
  • the fourth mounting hole 423 is formed.
  • the second sub holder 420 forms a fixing groove (not shown) in which the fixing protrusion 421 of the second hinge case 310 may be fitted.
  • each of the first and second sub holders 410 and 420 is provided with a pair of second mounting grooves 418 rotatably supporting the first and second sub-driven gears 345 and 346. .
  • the third sub holder 430 is fixed to the second hinge case 310 through a bolt B, and the first and second sub rotation shafts 320 may be formed inside the second hinge case 310.
  • a fifth mounting hole 431 to which the other end of the 330 is rotatably fitted is formed.
  • the third sub holder 430 forms a movement path 314 through which the flexible printed circuit 390 mentioned above can pass.
  • the third sub holder 430 is integrally formed with the first portion 433 and the first portion 433 in which the other end portions of the first and second sub rotation shafts 320 and 330 are rotatably fitted.
  • the second portion 435 is formed to form a moving path 314 and is fixed to the second hinge case 310 through the bolt B.
  • a pair of fifth mounting holes 431 are formed in the first portion 433, and the second portion 435 extends in a vertical direction from one side edge of the first portion 433 and the first portion 433. Is bent in the width direction.
  • the second portion 435 is formed with a coupling hole 437 into which the coupling protrusion 436 provided in the second hinge case 310 can be fitted, and a fastening hole for fastening the bolt B ( Not shown) is formed.
  • the sub cam unit 350 includes a sub rotary cam 351 and a sub moving cam 355.
  • the sub rotary cam 351 is formed integrally with the first and second sub drive gears 341 and 342, respectively.
  • each sub-rotation cam 351 may implement free-stop opening free of rotation of the first and second bodies 3 and 5 in the open range of 0 to 360 degrees.
  • the cam diagram is configured to be kept constant from the beginning to the end.
  • sub-movement cam 355 is installed on the first and second sub-rotation shafts 320 and 330 to be linearly moved along the axial direction.
  • the sub-moving cam 355 has a pair of insertion holes 355a into which the first and second sub-rotation shafts 320 and 330 can be fitted, and each sub-rotation cam 351 is in contact with each other.
  • the third and fourth cam portions 356 and 357 are integrally formed.
  • the sub moving cam 355 has the first and second sub rotating shafts 320 and 330 fitted into the insertion holes 355a and moves linearly along the axial direction of the rotating shafts 320 and 330.
  • the third and fourth cam portions 356 and 357 may have a cam diagram from the beginning to the end so as to realize free-stop opening free of rotation of the first and second bodies 3 and 5. Configure to remain constant.
  • the reason why the sub-rotation cam 351 is formed integrally with the first and second sub-drive gears 341 and 342 is that the first and second bodies 3 and 5 are free-stopped.
  • the sub-hinge module 301 does not require a large torque and simply supports the hinge operation of the main hinge module 101. This is because the durability of the first and second sub-rotation shafts 320 and 330 is not deteriorated.
  • the sub-elastic member 360 is to exert a force to the sub-movement cam 355 so that the sub-movement cam 355 is in close contact with the sub-rotation cam 351 so that they can come in contact with each other.
  • the sub elastic member 360 is formed as a wave spring 361 mounted to the first and second sub-rotation shafts 320 and 330, respectively, and the wave spring 361 is formed as a leaf spring bent in a round shape.
  • the wave spring 361 is disposed between the sub-movement cam 355 and the third sub holder 430 and mounted to the first and second sub-rotation shafts 320 and 330.
  • a pair of shaft holes 363 to which the first and second sub-rotation shafts 320 and 330 are fitted may be formed.
  • the close mode in which the first body 3 and the second body 5 of the portable terminal 1 face each other at 0 degrees is set as the initial starting point.
  • the main rotating cam 151 and the sub rotating cam 351 are cams of the main moving cam 155 and the sub moving cam 355 as elastic forces of the main elastic member 160 and the sub elastic member 360. It is in close contact with the slope section on the profile.
  • the main rotary cam 151 and the sub rotary cam 351 is a rotational force acts in the direction in which the inclined section of the main mobile cam 155 and the sub mobile cam 355.
  • the rotational force acts in the closing direction of the first body 3 on the first main rotation shaft 120 and the first sub rotation shaft 320 through the main rotation cam 151 and the sub rotation cam 351.
  • the first body 3 provides a preload of a predetermined torque with respect to the second body 5 as its rotational force.
  • the first main rotation shaft 120 and the first sub rotation shaft 320 are connected through the first frame 103 and the frame ( Since 103 is fixed to the first body 3, it rotates in the forward direction as shown in FIG.
  • first main drive gear 141 and the first sub drive gear 341 rotate in the forward direction
  • first main driven gear 145 and the first sub driven gear 345 rotate in the reverse direction
  • the second main driven gear 146 and the second sub-driven gear 346 rotate in the forward direction.
  • the second main drive gear 142 and the second sub drive gear 342 may include the second main driven gear 146 and the second sub driven gear. Since it is engaged with 346, the first main rotary shaft 120 and the first sub rotary shaft 320 are rotated in the reverse direction opposite to the rotation direction.
  • the first main rotation shaft 120 and the first main shaft 120 are opened.
  • the sub rotating shaft 320 rotates in the forward direction
  • the second main rotating shaft 130 and the second sub rotating shaft 330 rotate in the reverse direction through the interaction of the gears as described above.
  • the first body 3 is rotated in the forward direction through the first main rotation shaft 120 and the first sub rotation shaft 320 through the above-described action, and the second body 5 is rotated in the second direction. Since the main rotation shaft 130 and the second sub-rotation shaft 330 rotate in the reverse direction, the first body 3 may be opened in a range of 0 to 360 degrees with respect to the second body 5.
  • the sub rotary cam 351 and the sub moving cam 355 of the main rotating cam 151 and the main moving cam 155 of the main hinge module 101 and the sub hinge module 301 are first displayed. Since the cam diagram is configured to be kept constant from the end to the end, the cams come into contact with the cam as relatively large torques while the first body 3 rotates from 0 to 360 degrees.
  • the hinge device 100 for a portable terminal may be configured to display the first body 3 in a state where the first and second bodies 3 and 5 face 0 degrees. Since the free-stop opening can be implemented to rotate 360 degrees with respect to the body 5 and stop at an arbitrary angle, convenience of use can be improved.
  • the main hinge module 101 in addition to the main hinge module 101 for generating the drive torque for implementing the pre-stop operation, the main hinge module 101 is provided with a sub-hinge module 301 that is separated, interconnected, and interlocked with the main hinge module 101.
  • the hinge of the main hinge module 101 may be supported through the sub-hinge module 301, and the gap between the second body 5 and the second body 5 may be suppressed when the first body 3 is opened.
  • the first and second hinge shafts 105 and 305 are driven gears 141, 142 and 341. , 342 and the driven gears 145, 146, 345, and 346 are connected to each other, so that, unlike the prior art, the size of the driving gear can be reduced, and the size and thickness of the entire hinge device 100 can be reduced.
  • the structural stability of the mobile terminal can be improved.
  • the fourth through part 312 of the second hinge case 310 is formed as a dummy part supporting the relative rotation of the first and second bodies 3 and 5, the dummy part may be separately assembled. Since there is no need, the assembly process and components can be simplified.
  • the fourth through portion 312 as the dummy portion can absorb the impact of opening and closing the first and second bodies 3 and 5, the first and second hinge shafts 105 and 305 are impacted. Can be prevented from being deformed or damaged by the driving gears 141, 142, 341, 342 and driven gears 145, 146, 345, 346.
  • the flexible printed circuit 390 since the movement path 314 of the flexible printed circuit 390 is formed inside the second hinge case 310 through the third sub holder 430, the flexible printed circuit 390 The advantage is easy mounting and wiring.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Telephone Set Structure (AREA)
  • Pivots And Pivotal Connections (AREA)

Abstract

According to an exemplanary embodiment of the present invention, a hinge apparatus for a portable terminal rotates a first body of the portable terminal on a second body in the preset range of rotation. The invention comprises a main hinge module and a sub hinge module configured to be separated from each other and to connect with the first and second bodies. The main hinge module and the sub hinge module are connected through a first frame fixed to the first body to form a first hinge shaft of the first body, are connected through a second frame fixed to the second body to form a second hinge shaft that is parallel to the first hinge shaft, and realize a free-stop open zone in which the first and second bodies are freely rotated in the open range of 0 to 360 degrees, by comprising a gear unit and a cam unit on the same axle of each of the first and second hinge shafts.

Description

ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜Hinge device for mobile terminal

๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์˜ˆ์‹œ์ ์ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ์„œ, ๋ณด๋‹ค ์ƒ์„ธํ•˜๊ฒŒ๋Š” ๋ฎ๊ฐœ๋ฅผ ํด๋”ฉ ๋ฐฉ์‹์œผ๋กœ 360๋„ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋„๋ก ํ•˜๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค.An exemplary embodiment of the present invention relates to a hinge device for a portable terminal, and more particularly, to a hinge device for a portable terminal to enable the cover to rotate 360 degrees by folding.

์ผ๋ฐ˜์ ์œผ๋กœ, ๊ณ ์ •๋œ ์œ„์น˜๊ฐ€ ์•„๋‹Œ ์žฅ์†Œ์—์„œ ์ด๋™ ์ค‘์— ํ†ต์‹  ๋ฐ ๋ฐฉ์†ก ๋“ฑ์˜ ์„œ๋น„์Šค๋ฅผ ๋ฌด์„ ์œผ๋กœ ์ด์šฉํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด์„œ๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ํฐ, PDA, ๋…ธํŠธ๋ถ, ๋ฐ DMBํฐ ๋“ฑ์˜ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ๊ฐ€ ๋งŽ์ด ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋œ๋‹ค.In general, mobile terminals such as mobile phones, PDAs, notebook computers, and DMB phones are widely used to wirelessly use services such as communication and broadcasting while moving in places other than a fixed location.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ •๋ณดํ™” ์‹œ๋Œ€์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์ƒํ™œ์˜ ํŽธ์˜์„ฑ์„ ๋ˆ„๋ฆฌ๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด ์—†์–ด์„œ๋Š” ์•ˆ ๋  ์ค‘์š”ํ•œ ํ•„์ˆ˜ํ’ˆ ์ค‘์˜ ํ•œ๊ฐ€์ง€๋กœ ์ž๋ฆฌ ์žก๊ณ  ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ํŠนํžˆ ํœด๋Œ€ํฐ์˜ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ ์ดˆ, ์ค‘, ๊ณ ๋“ฑํ•™์ƒ๊ณผ ๋…ธ์ธ ๋“ฑ์— ์ด๋ฅด๊ธฐ๊นŒ์ง€ ๋ณด๊ธ‰ ๋Œ€์ƒ์ด ๋งค์šฐ ๊ด‘๋ฒ”์œ„ํ•˜๋‹ค.The mobile terminal is one of the essential necessities that are indispensable in order to enjoy the convenience of life according to the information age. Especially, the mobile terminal is widely distributed to elementary, middle and high school students and the elderly.

์ƒ๊ธฐ์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ตœ๊ทผ ๋“ค์–ด ์ˆ˜์š”๋Ÿ‰๊ณผ ์‚ฌ์šฉ์ž์ธต์ด ๊ธ‰๊ฒฉํžˆ ์ฆ๊ฐ€ํ•จ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ด๋ฅผ ์ด์šฉํ•˜๋Š” ์†Œ๋น„์ž์˜ ์ž…์žฅ์—์„œ๋Š” ๊ณ„์†ํ•ด์„œ ์ƒˆ๋กœ์šด ๋””์ž์ธ์ด๋‚˜ ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์ด ๋ถ€์—ฌ๋œ ์ œํ’ˆ์„ ๊ธฐ๋Œ€ํ•˜๊ธฐ์— ์ด๋ฅด๋ €๋‹ค.As mentioned above, as the demand and user base rapidly increase in recent years, the portable terminal has been expected to expect a product to which new design or function is given.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ๋Š” ํ‚คํŒจ๋“œ๊ฐ€ ๊ตฌ๋น„๋˜๋Š” ๋ณธ์ฒด์™€, ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํŒจ๋„์ด ๊ตฌ๋น„๋˜๋Š” ๋ฎ๊ฐœ๊ฐ€ ์ƒํ˜ธ ๊ฐœํ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ๋ณธ์ฒด์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๋ฎ๊ฐœ์˜ ๊ฐœํ ๊ตฌ์กฐ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ํด๋” ๋ฐฉ์‹, ์Šฌ๋ผ์ด๋”ฉ ๋ฐฉ์‹, ๋ฐ ์Šค์œ™ ๋ฐฉ์‹ ๋“ฑ์œผ๋กœ ๊ตฌ๋ถ„ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The portable terminal is coupled to a main body provided with a keypad and a cover provided with a display panel so as to be open and close to each other, and may be classified into a folding method, a sliding method, and a swing method according to the opening / closing structure of the cover for the main body.

ํŠนํžˆ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ์—์„œ ํด๋” ๋ฐฉ์‹์œผ๋กœ ๋ฎ๊ฐœ๋ฅผ ๊ฐœํํ•˜๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ๋Š” ์‚ฌ์šฉ์ด ํŽธ๋ฆฌํ•˜๊ณ  ๊ณ ์žฅ์ด ์ ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ์„ธ๋ จ๋œ ๋””์ž์ธ์„ ๊ฐ–๊ฒŒ ๋˜๋Š” ๋“ฑ์˜ ์—ฌ๋Ÿฌ ๊ฐ€์ง€ ์žฅ์  ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์— ์ตœ๊ทผ ๋“ค์–ด ๊ฐ€์žฅ ๋งŽ์ด ์ ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ์‹ ์ค‘์˜ ํ•˜๋‚˜์ด๋‹ค.In particular, the portable terminal for opening and closing the cover in the folder method is one of the most applied in recent years because of various advantages such as easy to use, less trouble, and a stylish design.

์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ํด๋” ๋ฐฉ์‹์˜ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ๋Š” ํžŒ์ง€ ์žฅ์น˜๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ฎ๊ฐœ๋ฅผ ๋ณธ์ฒด์— ๋Œ€ํ•ด ์ƒํ•˜ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ๊ฐœํ์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š”๋ฐ, ๊ทธ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜๋Š” ๊ณ ์ •์บ , ์ด๋™์บ , ํƒ„์„ฑ๋ถ€์žฌ ๋ฐ ํžŒ์ง€์ถ• ๋“ฑ์„ ๊ตฌ์„ฑํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€๋Š” ๋ฐ”, ์ด๋“ค ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ์š”์†Œ์˜ ์ƒํ˜ธ ์ž‘์šฉ์œผ๋กœ์„œ ๋ฎ๊ฐœ๋ฅผ ์ •ํ•ด์ง„ ๊ฐ๋„(๋Œ€๋žต 150~180)๋กœ ๊ฐœ๋ฐฉ ๋˜๋Š” ํ์‡„ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.Such a folder-type portable terminal can open and close the cover in a vertical direction with respect to the main body through a hinge device, the hinge device is composed of a fixed cam, a mobile cam, an elastic member and a hinge shaft, and the like of these components The interaction allows the cover to be opened or closed at a predetermined angle (approximately 150-180).

ํ•œํŽธ, ์ตœ๊ทผ ๋“ค์–ด์„œ๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์˜ ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๋ฅผ ๋น„๊ต์  ๋„“์€ ๋ฉด์ ์œผ๋กœ์„œ ํ™œ์šฉํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด ๋ฎ๊ฐœ๋ฅผ ๋ณธ์ฒด์— ๋Œ€ํ•˜์—ฌ 360๋„๋กœ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์˜ ๊ฐœ๋ฐœ์ด ์š”๊ตฌ๋˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค.On the other hand, in recent years, in order to utilize the display of the portable terminal as a relatively large area, the development of a hinge device capable of rotating the cover 360 degrees with respect to the main body is required.

์ด์— ๋‹น ์—…๊ณ„์—์„œ๋Š” ๋‘ ๊ฐœ์˜ ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•์„ ๊ตฌ๋น„ํ•˜๊ณ , ๊ฐ๊ฐ์˜ ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•์— ๊ณ ์ •์บ , ์ด๋™์บ , ํƒ„์„ฑ๋ถ€์žฌ๋ฅผ ์žฅ์ฐฉํ•จ์€ ๋ฌผ๋ก  ๊ฐ๊ฐ์˜ ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•์— ์ƒํ˜ธ ์น˜ํ•ฉ๋˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ์–ด๋ฅผ ๊ตฌ์„ฑํ•œ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์˜ ๊ฐœ๋ฐœ์— ๋ชฐ๋‘ํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค.In this industry, two hinge shafts are provided, and a fixed cam, a mobile cam, and an elastic member are mounted on each hinge shaft, and the development of a hinge device including a gear that is engaged with each hinge shaft is immersed.

๊ทธ๋Ÿฐ๋ฐ, ์ข…๋ž˜ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์—์„œ๋Š” ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•์˜ ์ถ•๊ฐ„ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๊ฐ€ ์ •ํ•ด์ ธ ์žˆ๋Š” ๊ตฌ์กฐ์—์„œ ๋‘ ๊ฐœ์˜ ๋งž๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ๋Š” ๊ธฐ์–ด๋กœ ๋ฎ๊ฐœ์˜ 360๋„๋ฅผ ๊ตฌํ˜„ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ๊ทธ ์ถ•๊ฐ„ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๊ฐ€ ๋‘ ๊ธฐ์–ด์˜ ํ”ผ์น˜์›์ด ๋˜๋ฏ€๋กœ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ”ผ์น˜์›์—์„œ ์–ด๋ด๋ค(addendum)์ด ๋”ํ•ด์กŒ์„ ๋•Œ ๋ฎ๊ฐœ ๋ฐ ๋ณธ์ฒด์˜ ์ผ€์ด์Šค ๋””์ž์ธ ๋ณด๋‹ค ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์˜ ํฌ๊ธฐ๊ฐ€ ๋” ์ปค์ง€๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.By the way, in the prior art, when implementing the 360 degrees of the cover with two interlocking gears in a structure in which the axis of the hinge axis is determined, since the distance between the axes becomes the pitch circle of the two gears, an addendum is formed in the pitch circle. When added, the hinge arrangement is larger than the case design of the lid and body.

์ด๋Š” ๋ฎ๊ฐœ ๋ฐ ๋ณธ์ฒด ์ผ€์ด์Šค์˜ ๋””์ž์ธ์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ๊ทธ ๋ฎ๊ฐœ์˜ ๋Œ€๋žต 150~180 ์˜คํ”ˆ์€ ํ•ด๊ฒฐํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋‚˜, ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์˜ ํฌ๊ธฐ๋กœ ์ธํ•ด ๊ทธ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์˜ ๋””์ž์ธ์œผ๋กœ๋Š” ๋ฎ๊ฐœ์˜ 360๋„ ์ž‘๋™ ๊ตฌํ˜„ํ•˜์ง€ ๋ชปํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค๋Š” ๋ฌธ์ œ์ ์„ ๋‚ดํฌํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค.This can solve about 150 ~ 180 opening of the cover through the design of the cover and the main body case, but because of the size of the hinge device has a problem that the design of the case does not implement the 360 degree operation of the cover.

๋˜ํ•œ, ์ข…๋ž˜ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์˜ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜๋Š” ๊ฐ ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•์˜ ์–‘๋‹จ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ๋ณธ์ฒด ๋ฐ ๋ฎ๊ฐœ์˜ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์— ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ๋˜๋Š” ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋กœ์„œ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€๋ฏ€๋กœ, ๋ฎ๊ฐœ์˜ ๋ฐ˜๋ณต์ ์ธ ๊ฐœํ ์ž‘๋™ ์‹œ ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•์ด ๋ณ€ํ˜•๋˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๊ธฐ์–ด์— ํฌ๋ž™์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ๋Š” ๋“ฑ ์ „์ฒด ์žฅ์น˜์˜ ์ž‘๋™์„ฑ์— ๋ฌธ์ œ๋ฅผ ์•ผ๊ธฐ์‹œํ‚จ๋‹ค๋Š” ๋ฌธ์ œ์ ๋„ ๋‚ดํฌํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค.In addition, since the hinge device of the prior art is configured as a structure in which both ends of each hinge shaft are coupled to the case of the main body and the cover, there is a problem in the operability of the entire device such as the hinge shaft is deformed or the gears are cracked during repeated opening and closing of the cover. It also causes problems.

๋‹ค๋ฅธ ํ•œํŽธ์œผ๋กœ, ์‚ฌ์šฉ์ž๋“ค์˜ ์ทจํ–ฅ์ด ๋‹ค์–‘ํ•ด์ง์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ข…๋ž˜์˜ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ๋“ค์˜ ์™ธํ˜•์€ ์Œ์„ฑํ†ตํ™”, ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€ ์ „์†ก ๋“ฑ ํ†ต์‹  ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์„ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•˜๊ธฐ์— ์ ํ•ฉํ•œ ์™ธํ˜•์„ ๊ธฐ๋ฐ˜์œผ๋กœ ๋ฐœ์ „๋˜์–ด ์™”๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์—, ๋ฉ€ํ‹ฐ๋ฏธ๋””์–ด ์„œ๋น„์Šค ๋“ฑ์„ ์ด์šฉํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐ๋Š” ๋ถˆํŽธํ•˜๋‹ค๋Š” ๋‹จ์ ์ด ์žˆ๋‹ค.On the other hand, as the user's taste is diversified, the appearance of the conventional mobile terminals has been developed based on the appearance suitable for performing a communication function such as voice call and message transmission, so it is inconvenient to use a multimedia service. There is this.

์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค๋ฉด, ์ผ๋ฐ˜์ ์ธ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์˜ ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ์žฅ์น˜๋Š” ์„ธ๋กœ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ๊ธธ๊ฒŒ ์„ค์ •๋˜์–ด ์žˆ๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์—, ๋””์ง€ํ„ธ ๋ฉ€ํ‹ฐ๋ฏธ๋””์–ด ๋ฐฉ์†ก(digital multimedia broadcasting; DMB), ๋™์˜์ƒ, ๊ฒŒ์ž„ ๋“ฑ๊ณผ ๊ฐ™์€ ๋ฉ€๋”” ๋ฏธ๋””์–ด ์„œ๋น„๋ฅผ ์ด์šฉํ•˜๊ธฐ์— ๋ถˆํŽธํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค.For example, since a display device of a general portable terminal is set to be long in a vertical direction, it is inconvenient to use multimedia media services such as digital multimedia broadcasting (DMB), video, and games.

๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์˜ˆ์‹œ์ ์ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ์—์„œ์™€ ๊ฐ™์€ ๋ฌธ์ œ์ ์„ ๊ฐœ์„ ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ฐฝ์ถœ๋œ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ์„œ, ๊ถ๊ทน์ ์œผ๋กœ๋Š” ์ „์ฒด ์žฅ์น˜์˜ ๊ตฌ์กฐ์ ์ธ ์•ˆ์ •์„ฑ์„ ๋„๋ชจํ•˜๋ฉด์„œ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์˜ ๋ฎ๊ฐœ๋ฅผ ํด๋”ฉ ๋ฐฉ์‹์œผ๋กœ 360๋„ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋„๋ก ํ•˜๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜๋ฅผ ์ œ๊ณตํ•œ๋‹ค.Exemplary embodiments of the present invention have been created to improve the above problems, and ultimately, a portable terminal capable of rotating the cover of the portable terminal 360 degrees in a folding manner while promoting structural stability of the entire device. Provide a hinge device.

์ด๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•ด ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์˜ˆ์‹œ์ ์ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜๋Š”, ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””๋ฅผ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””์— ๋Œ€ํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ธฐ์„ค์ •๋œ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ฒ”์œ„๋กœ์„œ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ค๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ์„œ, ์„œ๋กœ ๋ถ„๋ฆฌ๋˜๋ฉฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””์— ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๊ฒŒ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋˜๋Š” ๊ฐ๊ฐ์˜ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ ๋ฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ์„ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๊ณ ,To this end, the hinge device for a portable terminal according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention is for rotating the first body of the portable terminal as a preset rotation range with respect to the second body, and is separated from each other and separated from each other. Each main hinge module and sub hinge module configured to be connected to,

์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ ๋ฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋ฉฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””์˜ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•์„ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๋Š” ์ œ2 ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋ฉฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•๊ณผ ํ‰ํ–‰ํ•œ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•์„ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•์˜ ๋™์ถ• ์ƒ์— ๊ธฐ์–ด์œ ๋‹›๊ณผ ์บ ์œ ๋‹›์„ ๊ตฌ์„ฑํ•˜์—ฌ 0~360๋„์˜ ์˜คํ”ˆ ๋ฒ”์œ„์—์„œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””์˜ ํšŒ์ „์ด ์ž์œ ๋กœ์šด ํ”„๋ฆฌ-์Šคํ†ฑ(Free-Stop) ์˜คํ”ˆ์„ ๊ตฌํ˜„ํ•œ๋‹ค.The main hinge module and the sub hinge module are connected through a first frame fixed to the first body, form a first hinge axis of the first body, and are connected through a second frame fixed to the second body. A second hinge axis parallel to the first hinge axis is formed, and the gear unit and the cam unit are formed on the coaxial axis of each of the first and second hinge axes to rotate the first and second bodies in an open range of 0 to 360 degrees. Implement this free-stop open.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์™€, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•์˜ ๋™์ถ• ์ƒ์—์„œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•๊ณผ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•๊ณผ ํ‰ํ–‰ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•์˜ ๋™์ถ• ์ƒ์—์„œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋˜๋Š” ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์„ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the hinge device for a portable terminal, the main hinge module is rotatably mounted to the first hinge case on a coaxial axis of the first hinge case and a first hinge case rotatably connected to the first and second bodies. And a second main rotating shaft rotatably mounted to the first hinge case on a coaxial axis of the second hinge shaft in parallel with the first main rotating shaft.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ• ์ƒ์— ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ธฐ์–ด์œ ๋‹›๊ณผ ๋ฉ”์ธ ์บ ์œ ๋‹›์„ ๊ตฌ์„ฑํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the hinge device for the portable terminal, the main hinge module may configure a main gear unit and a main cam unit on the first and second main rotation shafts.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์— ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋˜์–ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ์บ ์œ ๋‹›์œผ๋กœ ํƒ„๋ณ„๋ ฅ์„ ๋ฐœํœ˜ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฉ”์ธ ํƒ„์„ฑ๋ถ€์žฌ๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the hinge device for a portable terminal, the main hinge module may include a main elastic member mounted on the first and second main rotary shafts and exerting a bullet force to the main cam unit.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์™€ ๋ณ„๊ฐœ๋กœ์„œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋Š” ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์™€, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•์˜ ๋™์ถ• ์ƒ์—์„œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋˜๋ฉฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•๊ณผ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•๊ณผ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•๊ณผ ํ‰ํ–‰ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•์˜ ๋™์ถ• ์ƒ์—์„œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋˜๋ฉฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•๊ณผ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋Š” ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์„ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the hinge device for a portable terminal, the sub-hinge module includes a second hinge case rotatably connected to the first and second bodies separately from the first hinge case, and the first hinge shaft on the coaxial axis of the first hinge shaft. A first sub-rotation shaft rotatably mounted to a second hinge case and connected to the first main rotation shaft through the first frame, and coaxially with the second hinge shaft to the second hinge case in parallel with the first sub-rotation shaft; The second sub-rotation shaft may be rotatably mounted and connected to the second main rotation shaft through the second frame.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ• ์ƒ์— ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ธฐ์–ด์œ ๋‹›๊ณผ ์„œ๋ธŒ ์บ ์œ ๋‹›์„ ๊ตฌ์„ฑํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the hinge device for a portable terminal, the sub-hinge module may configure a sub gear unit and a sub cam unit on the first and second sub-rotation shafts.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์— ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋˜์–ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ์บ ์œ ๋‹›์œผ๋กœ ํƒ„๋ณ„๋ ฅ์„ ๋ฐœํœ˜ํ•˜๋Š” ์„œ๋ธŒ ํƒ„์„ฑ๋ถ€์žฌ๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the hinge device for a portable terminal, the sub-hinge module may include a sub-elastic member mounted on the first and second sub-rotation shafts to exert a force of discrimination with the sub cam unit.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””์˜ ํšŒ๋กœ ์žฅ์น˜์™€ ์ „๊ธฐ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋œ ๊ฐ€์š”์„ฑ ์ธ์‡„ํšŒ๋กœ๋ฅผ ํ†ต๊ณผ์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ์ด๋™ ๊ฒฝ๋กœ๋ฅผ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the hinge device for the portable terminal, the second hinge case may form a movement path through which a flexible printed circuit electrically connected to the circuit devices of the first and second bodies may pass.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•๊ณผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋ฉฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•์„ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the hinge device for a portable terminal, the first main rotation axis and the first sub rotation axis may be connected through the first frame to form the first hinge axis.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•๊ณผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋ฉฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•์„ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the hinge device for the portable terminal, the second main rotation axis and the second sub rotation axis may be connected through the second frame to form the second hinge axis.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ธฐ์–ด์œ ๋‹›์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์— ๊ฐ๊ฐ ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด์™€, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์˜ ๋‚ด๋ถ€์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๋ฉฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด์™€ ์ƒํ˜ธ ์น˜ํ•ฉํ•˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด์™€, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์˜ ๋‚ด๋ถ€์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๊ณ  ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด ๋ฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด์™€ ์ƒํ˜ธ ์น˜ํ•ฉํ•˜๋Š” ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the hinge device for a portable terminal, the main gear unit is rotatably installed inside the first and second main drive gears and the first hinge case are fixed to the first and second main rotation shaft, respectively. And a first main driven gear meshing with the first main driving gear and rotatably installed in the first hinge case and intermeshing with the first main driven gear and the second main driving gear. It may comprise a main driven gear.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ธฐ์–ด์œ ๋‹›์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์— ๊ฐ๊ฐ ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด์™€, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์˜ ๋‚ด๋ถ€์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๋ฉฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด์™€ ์ƒํ˜ธ ์น˜ํ•ฉํ•˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด์™€, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์˜ ๋‚ด๋ถ€์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๊ณ  ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด ๋ฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด์™€ ์ƒํ˜ธ ์น˜ํ•ฉํ•˜๋Š” ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the hinge device for the portable terminal, the sub gear unit is rotatably installed in the first and second sub-drive gears and the second hinge case, which are installed to be fixed to the first and second sub-rotation shafts, respectively. And a first sub-driven gear that meshes with the first sub-drive gear and a second sub-drive gear rotatably installed in the second hinge case and meshing with the first sub-driven gear and the second sub-drive gear. Sub-driven gears.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ์บ ์œ ๋‹›์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด์™€ ๋ณ„๊ฐœ๋กœ์„œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์— ๊ฐ๊ฐ ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋˜๊ณ  ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด์— ๊ฐ๊ฐ ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ๋˜๋Š” ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์บ ๊ณผ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์— ์ถ• ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์„ ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ง์„  ์ด๋™ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๊ณ  ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์บ ๊ณผ ์ƒํ˜ธ ์บ  ์ ‘์ด‰ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฉ”์ธ ์ด๋™์บ ์„ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the hinge device for a portable terminal, the main cam unit is rotatably mounted to the first and second main rotation shafts separately from the first and second main drive gears, respectively, and the first and second main shafts are respectively rotatable. It may include a main rotary cam coupled to the drive gear, and a main movable cam installed in the axial direction on the first and the second main rotary shaft so as to be linearly movable in contact with each of the main rotary cams.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์— ๊ฐ๊ฐ ์ธ์„œํŠธ ์‚ฌ์ถœ ์„ฑํ˜•๋˜๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์บ ์— ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ ๋Œ๊ธฐ๊ฐ€ ์ผ์ฒด๋กœ ํ˜•์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the hinge device for the portable terminal, each of the first and second main drive gears is insert injection molded to the first and second main rotary shafts, respectively, and a pair of coupling protrusions that can be coupled to the respective main rotary cams. May be formed integrally.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์บ ์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ ๋Œ๊ธฐ๊ฐ€ ๋ผ์›Œ์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ๊ฒฐํ•ฉํ™ˆ์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the hinge device for a portable terminal, each main rotary cam may be formed with a pair of coupling grooves into which the coupling protrusions can be fitted.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ์ด๋™์บ ์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์บ ๊ณผ ์บ  ์ ‘์ด‰ํ•˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์บ ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์บ ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ์ผ์ฒด๋กœ์„œ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the hinge device for a portable terminal, the main mobile cam may form first and second cam portions in cam contact with each of the main rotary cams, and the first and second cam portions may be integrally formed.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ์บ ์œ ๋‹›์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด์— ๊ฐ๊ฐ ์ผ์ฒด๋กœ์„œ ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜๋Š” ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์บ ๊ณผ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์— ์ถ• ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์„ ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ง์„  ์ด๋™ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๊ณ  ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์บ ๊ณผ ์ƒํ˜ธ ์บ  ์ ‘์ด‰ํ•˜๋Š” ์„œ๋ธŒ ์ด๋™์บ ์„ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the hinge device for a portable terminal, the sub cam unit is capable of linearly moving along the axial direction to a sub rotary cam formed integrally with the first and second sub driving gears, respectively, and the first and second sub rotating shafts. It may include a sub-moving cam is installed so as to be in contact with the cam cam and each sub-rotation cam.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด์™€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์บ ์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์— ์ธ์„œํŠธ ์‚ฌ์ถœ ์„ฑํ˜•๋˜์–ด ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the hinge device for the portable terminal, each of the first and second sub-drive gears and the sub-rotary cams may be formed by insert injection molding on the first and second sub-rotation shafts.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ์ด๋™์บ ์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์บ ๊ณผ ์บ  ์ ‘์ด‰ํ•˜๋Š” ์ œ3 ๋ฐ ์ œ4 ์บ ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ3 ๋ฐ ์ œ4 ์บ ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ์ผ์ฒด๋กœ์„œ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the hinge device for a portable terminal, the sub moving cam may include third and fourth cam portions in cam contact with each of the sub-rotary cams, and the third and fourth cam portions may be integrally formed.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด๋ฅผ ์‚ฌ์ด์— ๋‘๊ณ  ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜์–ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•๊ณผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด๋ฅผ ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ™€๋”๋ฅผ ๋”์šฑ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the hinge device for the portable terminal, the main hinge module is installed to be fixed to the first hinge case with the first and second main driven gears interposed therebetween so that each of the first and second main rotary shafts and the respective The apparatus may further include first and second main holders rotatably supporting the first and second main driven gears.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ™€๋”๋Š” ๋ณผํŠธ๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์ด ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋ผ์›Œ์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ์žฅ์ฐฉํ™€์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the hinge device for a portable terminal, the first main holder is fixed to the first hinge case through a bolt, and a pair of agents to which the respective first and second main rotary shafts can be rotatably fitted. 1 mounting hole may be formed.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ™€๋”๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์— ํ˜•์„ฑ๋œ ๊ณ ์ • ๋Œ๊ธฐ์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด๊ฐ€ ํ†ต๊ณผํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ2 ์žฅ์ฐฉํ™€์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the hinge device for a portable terminal, the second main holder is fixedly installed on a fixing protrusion formed in the first hinge case, and a pair of second through which the first and second main driving gears pass. Mounting holes may be formed.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ™€๋”๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด๋ฅผ ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ์žฅ์ฐฉํ™ˆ์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the hinge device for the portable terminal, each of the first and second main holders may be formed with a pair of first mounting grooves rotatably supporting the first and second main driven gears.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด๋ฅผ ์‚ฌ์ด์— ๋‘๊ณ  ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜์–ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์˜ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€์™€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด๋ฅผ ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ™€๋”์™€, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜์–ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ์ œ3 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ™€๋”๋ฅผ ๋”์šฑ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the hinge device for the portable terminal, the sub-hinge module is installed to be fixed to the second hinge case with the first and second sub-driven gears interposed therebetween and at one end of each of the first and second sub-rotation shafts. First and second sub-holders rotatably supporting the first and second sub-driven gears, and fixed to the second hinge case to rotate the other end of each of the first and second sub-rotation shafts. It may further include a third sub holder that possibly supports.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ™€๋”๋Š” ๋ณผํŠธ๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์˜ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋ผ์›Œ์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ3 ์žฅ์ฐฉํ™€์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the hinge device for the portable terminal, the first sub holder is fixed to the second hinge case through a bolt, and as long as one end of each of the first and second sub rotating shafts can be rotatably fitted. A pair of third mounting holes may be formed.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ™€๋”๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์— ํ˜•์„ฑ๋œ ๊ณ ์ • ๋Œ๊ธฐ์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด๊ฐ€ ํ†ต๊ณผํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ4 ์žฅ์ฐฉํ™€์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the hinge device for a portable terminal, the second sub holder is fixedly installed on a fixing protrusion formed in the second hinge case, and a pair of fourths through which the first and second sub driving gears pass. Mounting holes may be formed.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ3 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ™€๋”๋Š” ๋ณผํŠธ๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋ผ์›Œ์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ์ œ5 ์žฅ์ฐฉํ™€์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the hinge device for the portable terminal, the third sub holder is fixed to the second hinge case through a bolt, and the other one end of each of the first and second sub rotating shafts can be rotatably fitted. The fifth mounting hole may be formed.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ™€๋”๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด๋ฅผ ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ2 ์žฅ์ฐฉํ™ˆ์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the hinge device for the portable terminal, each of the first and second sub holders may be provided with a pair of second mounting grooves rotatably supporting the first and second sub-driven gears.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ3 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ™€๋”๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””์˜ ํšŒ๋กœ ์žฅ์น˜์™€ ์ „๊ธฐ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋œ ๊ฐ€์š”์„ฑ ์ธ์‡„ํšŒ๋กœ๋ฅผ ํ†ต๊ณผ์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ์ด๋™ ๊ฒฝ๋กœ๋ฅผ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the hinge device for the portable terminal, the third sub holder may form a movement path through which a flexible printed circuit electrically connected to the circuit devices of the first and second bodies may pass.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํƒ„์„ฑ๋ถ€์žฌ๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์— ๊ฐ๊ฐ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋˜๋Š” ์••์ถ• ์ฝ”์ผ ์Šคํ”„๋ง์œผ๋กœ์„œ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the hinge device for a portable terminal, the main elastic member may be formed as a compression coil spring mounted to the first and second main rotary shafts, respectively.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํƒ„์„ฑ๋ถ€์žฌ๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์ด ๋ผ์›Œ์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ถ•๊ณต์„ ์ง€๋‹Œ ์›จ์ด๋ธŒ ์Šคํ”„๋ง์œผ๋กœ์„œ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the hinge device for the portable terminal, the sub-elastic member may be formed as a wave spring having a pair of shaft holes into which the respective first and second sub-rotation shafts can be fitted.

์ƒ์ˆ ํ•œ ๋ฐ”์™€ ๊ฐ™์€ ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์˜ˆ์‹œ์ ์ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ์˜ํ•˜๋ฉด, ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””๊ฐ€ 0๋„๋กœ ๋Œ€๋ฉดํ•œ ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””๋ฅผ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””์— ๋Œ€ํ•˜์—ฌ 360๋„ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ค๋ฉฐ ์ž„์˜์˜ ๊ฐ๋„์—์„œ ๋ฉˆ์ถœ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ํ”„๋ฆฌ-์Šคํ†ฑ(Free-Stop) ์˜คํ”ˆ์„ ๊ตฌํ˜„ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฏ€๋กœ, ์‚ฌ์šฉ์˜ ํŽธ๋ฆฌ์„ฑ์„ ํ–ฅ์ƒ์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.According to the hinge device for a mobile terminal according to the exemplary embodiment of the present invention as described above, the first body is rotated 360 degrees with respect to the second body in a state in which the first and second bodies face 0 degrees, and an arbitrary angle. Free-stop open, which can be stopped at, can be implemented to improve usability.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ๋ณธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ๋Š” ํ”„๋ฆฌ-์Šคํ†ฑ ์ž‘๋™์„ ๊ตฌํ˜„ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๊ตฌ๋™ ํ† ํฌ๋ฅผ ๋ฐœ์ƒ์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ ์™ธ์— ์ด ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ๊ณผ ๋ถ„๋ฆฌ๋˜๊ณ  ์ƒํ˜ธ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋ฉฐ ์—ฐ๋™ํ•˜๋Š” ์„œ๋ธŒ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ์„ ๊ตฌ๋น„ํ•˜๋ฏ€๋กœ, ์„œ๋ธŒ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ์„ ํ†ตํ•ด์„œ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ์˜ ํžŒ์ง€ ์ž‘๋™์„ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””์˜ ์˜คํ”ˆ ์‹œ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””์™€์˜ ์œ ๊ฒฉ์„ ์–ต์ œ์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In addition, in the present exemplary embodiment, since the main hinge module generates a driving torque for realizing the pre-stop operation, the main hinge module includes a sub hinge module that is separated from, connected to, and interlocked with the main hinge module. It is possible to support the hinge operation, and to suppress the play with the second body when the first body is opened.

๋˜ํ•œ, ๋ณธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•์˜ ์ถ•๊ฐ„ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๊ฐ€ ๋™์ผํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ •ํ•ด์ ธ ์žˆ๋Š” ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•์ด ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด๋“ค๊ณผ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด๋“ค์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋ฏ€๋กœ, ์ข…๋ž˜ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ๊ณผ ๋‹ฌ๋ฆฌ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด์˜ ํฌ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์ž‘๊ฒŒ ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ณ , ์ „์ฒด ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์˜ ํฌ๊ธฐ ๋ฐ ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ์ค„์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์˜ ๊ตฌ์กฐ์ ์ธ ์•ˆ์ •์„ฑ์„ ํ–ฅ์ƒ์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In addition, in the present embodiment, when the distance between the axes of the first and second hinge shafts is determined to be the same, the first and second hinge shafts are connected through the driving gears and the driven gears. It can be made small, the size and thickness of the entire hinge device can be reduced, and the structural stability of the portable terminal can be improved.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ๋ณธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ๋Š” ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์˜ ์ œ4 ๊ด€ํ†ต๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””์˜ ์ƒ๋Œ€์ ์ธ ํšŒ์ „์„ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ๋”๋ฏธ๋ถ€๋กœ์„œ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€๋ฏ€๋กœ, ๊ทธ ๋”๋ฏธ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๋ณ„๋„๋กœ ์กฐ๋ฆฝํ•  ํ•„์š”๊ฐ€ ์—†์œผ๋ฏ€๋กœ ์กฐ๋ฆฝ ๊ณต์ • ๋ฐ ๋ถ€ํ’ˆ์˜ ๋‹จ์ˆœํ™”๋ฅผ ๋„๋ชจํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In this embodiment, since the fourth through part of the second hinge case is formed as a dummy part for supporting the relative rotation of the first and second bodies, the dummy part does not need to be assembled separately, thereby simplifying the assembly process and parts. Can be.

๋”์šฑ์ด, ๋ณธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ๋Š” ๋”๋ฏธ๋ถ€๋กœ์„œ์˜ ์ œ4 ๊ด€ํ†ต๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””์˜ ๊ฐœํ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์ถฉ๊ฒฉ์„ ํก์ˆ˜ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฏ€๋กœ, ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•์ด ๊ทธ ์ถฉ๊ฒฉ์— ์˜ํ•ด ๋ณ€ํ˜•๋˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด๋“ค ๋ฐ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด๋“ค์ด ์†์ƒ๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ๋ฐฉ์ง€ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Furthermore, in the present embodiment, since the fourth through portion as the dummy portion can absorb the impact of opening and closing the first and second bodies, the first and second hinge shafts are deformed by the impact, or the driving gears and the driven gear Can be prevented from being damaged.

๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ๋ณธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•์˜ ๋ณ€ํ˜• ๋ฐ ๊ธฐ์–ด๋“ค์˜ ์†์ƒ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์˜ ์ž‘๋™์„ฑ ๋ฌธ์ œ๋ฅผ ํ•ด๊ฒฐํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Therefore, in this embodiment, it is possible to solve the problem of the operability of the hinge device due to the deformation of the first and second hinge shafts and the damage of the gears.

๋˜ํ•œ, ๋ณธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ๋Š” ์ œ3 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ™€๋”๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์˜ ๋‚ด๋ถ€์— ๊ฐ€์š”์„ฑ ์ธ์‡„ํšŒ๋กœ์˜ ์ด๋™ ๊ฒฝ๋กœ๋ฅผ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๋ฏ€๋กœ, ๊ฐ€์š”์„ฑ ์ธ์‡„ํšŒ๋กœ์˜ ์žฅ์ฐฉ ๋ฐ ๋ฐฐ์„ ์ด ์šฉ์ดํ•˜๋‹ค๋Š” ์ž‡์ ์ด ์žˆ๋‹ค.Further, in the present embodiment, since the movement path of the flexible printed circuit is formed inside the second hinge case through the third sub holder, the flexible printed circuit can be easily mounted and wired.

์ด ๋„๋ฉด๋“ค์€ ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์˜ˆ์‹œ์ ์ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๋Š”๋ฐ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•จ์ด๋ฏ€๋กœ, ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์  ์‚ฌ์ƒ์„ ์ฒจ๋ถ€ํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์— ํ•œ์ •ํ•ด์„œ ํ•ด์„ํ•˜์—ฌ์„œ๋Š” ์•„๋‹ˆ๋œ๋‹ค.Since these drawings are for reference in describing exemplary embodiments of the present invention, the technical idea of the present invention should not be construed as being limited to the accompanying drawings.

๋„ 1์€ ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์˜ˆ์‹œ์ ์ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜๋ฅผ ๋„์‹œํ•œ ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ ์‚ฌ์‹œ๋„์ด๋‹ค.1 is a perspective view illustrating a hinge device for a portable terminal according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.

๋„ 2๋Š” ๋„ 1์˜ ์ •๋ฉด ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋„์ด๋‹ค.2 is a front configuration diagram of FIG. 1.

๋„ 3์€ ๋„ 1์˜ ์ผ๋ถ€ ๋ถ„ํ•ด ์‚ฌ์‹œ๋„์ด๋‹ค.3 is a partially exploded perspective view of FIG. 1.

๋„ 4๋Š” ๋„ 3์˜ ์ •๋ฉด ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋„์ด๋‹ค.4 is a front configuration diagram of FIG. 3.

๋„ 5๋Š” ๋„ 1์˜ ์ „์ฒด ๋ถ„ํ•ด ์‚ฌ์‹œ๋„์ด๋‹ค.5 is an overall exploded perspective view of FIG. 1.

๋„ 6์€ ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์˜ˆ์‹œ์ ์ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์˜ ์ž‘๋™ ์ƒํƒœ๋ฅผ ๋„์‹œํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.6 is a view showing an operating state of the hinge device for a mobile terminal according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.

์ดํ•˜, ์ฒจ๋ถ€ํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์„ ์ฐธ๊ณ ๋กœ ํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋Œ€ํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์ด ์†ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ˆ  ๋ถ„์•ผ์—์„œ ํ†ต์ƒ์˜ ์ง€์‹์„ ๊ฐ€์ง„ ์ž๊ฐ€ ์šฉ์ดํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์‹ค์‹œํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋„๋ก ์ƒ์„ธํžˆ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์€ ์—ฌ๋Ÿฌ ๊ฐ€์ง€ ์ƒ์ดํ•œ ํ˜•ํƒœ๋กœ ๊ตฌํ˜„๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์—์„œ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๋Š” ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ํ•œ์ •๋˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š”๋‹ค.Hereinafter, exemplary embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings so that those skilled in the art may easily implement the present invention. As those skilled in the art would realize, the described embodiments may be modified in various different ways, all without departing from the spirit or scope of the present invention.

๋„ 1์€ ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์˜ˆ์‹œ์ ์ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜๋ฅผ ๋„์‹œํ•œ ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ ์‚ฌ์‹œ๋„์ด๊ณ , ๋„ 2๋Š” ๋„ 1์˜ ์ •๋ฉด ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋„์ด๊ณ , ๋„ 3์€ ๋„ 1์˜ ์ผ๋ถ€ ๋ถ„ํ•ด ์‚ฌ์‹œ๋„์ด๊ณ , ๋„ 4๋Š” ๋„ 3์˜ ์ •๋ฉด ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋„์ด๊ณ , ๋„ 5๋Š” ๋„ 1์˜ ์ „์ฒด ๋ถ„ํ•ด ์‚ฌ์‹œ๋„์ด๋‹ค.1 is a combined perspective view showing a hinge device for a portable terminal according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention, Figure 2 is a front configuration of Figure 1, Figure 3 is a partially exploded perspective view of Figure 1, Figure 4 3 is a front configuration diagram, and FIG. 5 is an overall exploded perspective view of FIG. 1.

๋„๋ฉด์„ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜๋ฉด, ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์˜ˆ์‹œ์ ์ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜(100)๋Š” ๋ฎ๊ฐœ๋กœ์„œ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)์™€, ๋ณธ์ฒด๋กœ์„œ์˜ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(5)๋กœ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ(1)์— ์ ์šฉ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Referring to the drawings, the hinge device 100 according to the exemplary embodiment of the present invention may be applied to the portable terminal 1 including the first body 3 as a cover and the second body 5 as the main body.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ(1)๋Š” ์œ„์น˜์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ๋ณธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ์˜ํ•œ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜(100)๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)๊ฐ€ ์ƒํ•˜ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ ๋˜๋Š” ์ขŒ์šฐ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „ํ•˜๋Š” ํด๋” ๊ฐœํ ๋ฐฉ์‹์˜ ์ผ๋ฐ˜์ ์ธ ํœด๋Œ€ํฐ์„ ์˜ˆ๋กœ ๋“ค ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The portable terminal 1 is a typical mobile phone of a folder opening and closing method in which the first and second bodies 3 and 5 rotate in the vertical direction or the left and right directions through the hinge device 100 according to the embodiment according to the position. Can be mentioned.

์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ(1)๋Š” ์Œ์„ฑ/ํ™”์ƒ ํ†ตํ™”, ๋ฉ”์‹œ์ง€ ์ „์†ก ๋“ฑ ์ด๋™ ํ†ต์‹  ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์„ ๊ธฐ๋ณธ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•˜๋ฉด์„œ, ๋ฌธ์ž ๋ฐ์ดํ„ฐ ์ž…๋ ฅ์ด๋‚˜ DMB, ๋™์˜์ƒ, ๊ฒŒ์ž„ ๋“ฑ๊ณผ ๊ฐ™์€ ๋ฉ€ํ‹ฐ ๋ฏธ๋””์–ด ์„œ๋น„์Šค๋ฅผ ์ œ๊ณตํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The portable terminal 1 may provide a multimedia service such as text data input, DMB, video, game, etc. while basically performing a mobile communication function such as voice / video call and message transmission.

์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)๋Š”, ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(5)์— ๋Œ€ํ•˜์—ฌ ์˜คํ”ˆ๋œ ์ƒํƒœ๋ฅผ ๊ธฐ์ค€์œผ๋กœ, ์ „๋ฉด์— ์•ก์ • ํŒจ๋„ ๋˜๋Š” ํ„ฐ์น˜ ํŒจ๋„๊ณผ ๊ฐ™์€ ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๋ถ€(๋ฏธ๋„์‹œ)๋ฅผ ๊ตฌ์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค.Here, the first body 3 forms a display unit (not shown) such as a liquid crystal panel or a touch panel on the front surface of the first body 3 based on the open state with respect to the second body 5.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(5)๋Š”, ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)์™€ ๋Œ€๋ฉดํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋Š” ํด๋กœ์ฆˆ ์ƒํƒœ๋ฅผ ๊ธฐ์ค€์œผ๋กœ, ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)์™€ ๋Œ€๋ฉดํ•˜๋Š” ์ „๋ฉด์— ํ‚คํŒจ๋“œ๋ถ€(๋ฏธ๋„์‹œ)๋ฅผ ๊ตฌ์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค.The second body 5 constitutes a keypad portion (not shown) on the front surface facing the first body 3 on the basis of the closed state facing the first body 3.

์ด ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)๋Š” ํญ ๋ณด๋‹ค ๊ธธ์ด๊ฐ€ ์ƒ๋Œ€์ ์œผ๋กœ ๊ธด ์žฅ๋ฐฉํ˜• ๋ฐ”๋””๋กœ์„œ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€๋ฉฐ, ๋ณธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜(100)๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ํญ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ ๋˜๋Š” ๊ธธ์ด ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ์ƒํ˜ธ ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋œ๋‹ค.In this case, the first and second bodies 3 and 5 are formed as rectangular bodies having a length longer than the width, and can be mutually rotated in the width direction or the length direction through the hinge device 100 according to the present embodiment. Is fitted.

์ผ ์˜ˆ๋กœ์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)๊ฐ€ ๋ณธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜(100)๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ํญ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(5)์—๋Š” ์•ŒํŒŒ๋ฒณ๊ณผ ํ•œ๊ธ€์˜ ์ž…๋ ฅ์ด ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ์ฟผํ‹ฐ(qwerty) ์žํŒ ๋ฐฐ์—ด์˜ ํ‚คํŒจ๋“œ๋ถ€(๋ฏธ๋„์‹œ)๋ฅผ ์ฑ„์šฉํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.As an example, when the first and second bodies 3 and 5 are configured to be rotatable in the width direction through the hinge device 100 according to the present embodiment, the second body 5 may include alphabets and Korean characters. A keypad portion (not shown) of a qwerty keyboard arrangement capable of inputting can be employed.

๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์˜ˆ์‹œ์ ์ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๊ฐ€ ์ ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ(1)๋Š” ์ด๋ฅธ ๋ฐ”, ์ฟผํ‹ฐ(qwerty) ํฐ ๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒŒ์ž„ ํฐ์„ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Accordingly, the portable terminal 1 to which the exemplary embodiment of the present invention is applied may include a so-called qwerty phone or a game phone.

๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์˜ˆ์‹œ์ ์ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ์—์„œ์™€ ๊ฐ™์€ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ(1)๊ฐ€ ์ด๋™ ํ†ต์‹ ์ด ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ์ผ๋ฐ˜์ ์ธ ํœด๋Œ€ํฐ์—๋งŒ ์ ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์— ํŠน๋ณ„ํžˆ ํ•œ์ •๋˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š”๋‹ค.An exemplary embodiment of the present invention is not particularly limited to that the mobile terminal 1 as described above is applied only to a general mobile phone capable of mobile communication.

์ฆ‰, ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์˜ˆ์‹œ์ ์ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ(1)๋Š” PDA(Personal Digital Assistant), ์Šค๋งˆํŠธ ํฐ(Smart phone), ํ•ธ๋“œ ํ—ฌ๋“œ(hand held) PC, MP3/MP4 ํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์–ด, ๊ฒŒ์ž„๊ธฐ, ๋„ท๋ถ, ๋…ธํŠธ๋ถ ๋“ฑ๊ณผ ๊ฐ™์€ ํœด๋Œ€์šฉ ์ „๊ธฐ์ „์ž์žฅ์น˜์— ์ ์šฉ๋  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.That is, the portable terminal 1 according to the exemplary embodiment of the present invention may be a personal digital assistant (PDA), a smart phone, a hand held PC, an MP3 / MP4 player, a game machine, a netbook, a notebook, or the like. It may be applied to the same portable electric and electronic device.

์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ํœด๋Œ€์šฉ ์ „๊ธฐ์ „์ž์žฅ์น˜๋Š” CDMA(Code Division Multiplexing Access) ๋ชจ๋“ˆ, ๋ธ”๋ฃจํˆฌ์Šค ๋ชจ๋“ˆ, ์ ์™ธ์„  ํ†ต์‹  ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(IrDA), ์œ ๋ฌด์„  ๋žœ์นด๋“œ์™€ ๊ฐ™์€ ์†Œ์ •์˜ ํ†ต์‹  ๋ชจ๋“ˆ์„ ๊ตฌ๋น„ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ๊ฒŒ์ž„ ์•„์ดํ…œ ๋“ฑ๊ณผ ๊ฐ™์€ ๋ฉ€ํ‹ฐ๋ฏธ๋””์–ด ์žฌ์ƒ ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์„ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•˜๋Š” ์†Œ์ •์˜ ๋งˆ์ดํฌ๋กœํ”„๋กœ์„ธ์„œ๋ฅผ ๊ตฌ๋น„ํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The portable electronic device may include a predetermined communication module such as a code division multiplexing access (CDMA) module, a Bluetooth module, an infrared communication module (IrDA), a wired or wireless LAN card, and perform a multimedia play function such as a game item. May be provided with a microprocessor.

์ƒ๊ธฐ์—์„œ์™€ ๊ฐ™์€ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ(1)์— ์ ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์˜ˆ์‹œ์ ์ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜(100)๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)์˜ ๊ธฐ์„ค์ •๋œ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ฒ”์œ„ ์ฆ‰, 0~360๋„์˜ ์˜คํ”ˆ ๋ฒ”์œ„์—์„œ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)์˜ ํšŒ์ „์ด ์ž์œ ๋กœ์šด ํ”„๋ฆฌ-์Šคํ†ฑ(Free-Stop) ์˜คํ”ˆ์„ ๊ตฌํ˜„ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.The hinge device 100 according to the exemplary embodiment of the present invention applied to the portable terminal 1 as described above opens the preset rotation range of the first and second bodies 3 and 5, that is, 0 to 360 degrees. It is possible to implement free-stop opening free of rotation of the first and second bodies 3 and 5 in the range.

๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์˜ˆ์‹œ์ ์ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๊ฐ€ ์ ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ(1)๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)๋ฅผ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(5)์— ๋Œ€ํ•˜์—ฌ 360๋„๋กœ ์˜คํ”ˆํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Accordingly, the portable terminal 1 to which the exemplary embodiment of the present invention is applied may open the first body 3 with respect to the second body 5 by 360 degrees.

์ด๋กœ์จ, ์‚ฌ์šฉ์ž๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)๊ฐ€ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(5)์— ๋Œ€ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ผ์ • ๊ตฌ๊ฐ„์œผ๋กœ ์˜คํ”ˆ๋œ ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ ์ผ๋ฐ˜์ ์ธ ์ด๋™ ํ†ต์‹  ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์„ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ฒŒ ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)๊ฐ€ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(5)์— ๋Œ€ํ•˜์—ฌ 360๋„๋กœ ์˜คํ”ˆ๋œ ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ ๋ฌธ์ž ์ •๋ณด, ํ™”์ƒ(์‚ฌ์ง„, ๋™์˜์ƒ) ์ •๋ณด, ์ง€์ƒํŒŒ ๋ฐฉ์†ก์™€ ๊ฐ™์€ ๋ฉ€ํ‹ฐ ๋ฏธ๋””์–ด๋ฅผ ํŽธ๋ฆฌํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ด์šฉํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.As a result, the user can use the general mobile communication function in a state in which the first body 3 is opened with respect to the second body 5 at a predetermined interval, and the first body 3 is connected to the second body 5. With the 360 degree open, multimedia information such as text information, image (picture, video) information, and terrestrial broadcasting can be conveniently used.

์ด๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•ด ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์˜ˆ์‹œ์ ์ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜(100)๋Š” ๊ธฐ๋ณธ์ ์œผ๋กœ, ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(101)๊ณผ, ์„œ๋ธŒ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(301)์„ ํฌํ•จํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง„๋‹ค.To this end, the hinge device 100 for a portable terminal according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention basically includes a main hinge module 101 and a sub hinge module 301.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(101) ๋ฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(301)์€ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5) ์‚ฌ์ด์—์„œ ์„œ๋กœ ๋ถ„๋ฆฌ๋˜๋ฉฐ ๋–จ์–ด์ง„ ์ƒํƒœ๋กœ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)์— ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๊ฒŒ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋˜๋Š” ๋ฐ”, ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)์˜ ์ผ์ธก ๋ฐ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ์ธก ํžŒ์ง€ ์•„์•”(๋ฏธ๋„์‹œ)์— ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๊ฒŒ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค.The main hinge module 101 and the sub-hinge module 301 are separated from each other between the first and second bodies 3 and 5 and are connected to the first and second bodies 3 and 5 in a separated state. The bar is configured to be connected to one side and the other side hinge arm (not shown) of the first and second bodies 3, 5.

์ฆ‰, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(101)์€ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)์˜ ์ผ์ธก ํžŒ์ง€ ์•„์•”(๋ฏธ๋„์‹œ)์— ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๊ฒŒ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ์–ธ๊ธ‰ํ•œ ๋ฐ” ์žˆ๋Š” ํ”„๋ฆฌ-์Šคํ†ฑ(Free-Stop) ์ž‘๋™์„ ๊ตฌํ˜„ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๊ตฌ๋™ ํ† ํฌ๋ฅผ ๋ฐœ์ƒ์‹œํ‚จ๋‹ค.That is, the main hinge module 101 is configured to be connected to one side hinge arms (not shown) of the first and second bodies 3 and 5, and implements the aforementioned free-stop operation. To generate a driving torque.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(301)์€ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)์˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ์ธก ํžŒ์ง€ ์•„์•”(๋ฏธ๋„์‹œ)์— ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๊ฒŒ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋˜๋Š” ๋ฐ”, ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(101)๊ณผ ์—ฐ๋™ํ•˜๋ฉฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(101)์˜ ํžŒ์ง€ ์ž‘๋™์„ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)์˜ ์˜คํ”ˆ ์‹œ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(5)์™€์˜ ์œ ๊ฒฉ์„ ์–ต์ œ์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์„ ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. The sub-hinge module 301 is configured to be connected to the other side hinge arms (not shown) of the first and second bodies 3 and 5, and interlocks with the main hinge module 101 and the main hinge module 101. It supports the hinge operation, and serves to suppress the play with the second body 5 when the first body 3 is open.

์ด ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(101) ๋ฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(301)์€ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„(103)์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ƒํ˜ธ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋ฉด์„œ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)์˜ ํšŒ์ „์„ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•(105)์„ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•œ๋‹ค.In this case, the main hinge module 101 and the sub-hinge module 301 are connected to each other through the first frame 103 fixed to the first body 3 to support the rotation of the first body 3. The first hinge shaft 105 is formed.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(101) ๋ฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(301)์€ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(5)์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๋Š” ์ œ2 ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„(303)์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ƒํ˜ธ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋ฉด์„œ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(5)์˜ ํšŒ์ „์„ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•(305)์„ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•œ๋‹ค.The main hinge module 101 and the sub hinge module 301 are connected to each other through a second frame 303 fixed to the second body 5 to support rotation of the second body 5. 2 hinge shaft 305 is formed.

์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•(105, 305)์€ ์ƒํ˜ธ ํ‰ํ–‰ํ•œ ์ถ•์„ ์„ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๋ฉฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)์˜ ์ผ์ธก ๋ฐ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ์ธก ํžŒ์ง€ ์•„์•”(๋ฏธ๋„์‹œ)์— ํšŒ์ „ ์ค‘์‹ฌ์ ์„ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•œ๋‹ค.Here, the first and second hinge axes 105 and 305 form parallel axes to each other and form a rotation center point on one side and the other one side hinge arm (not shown) of the first and second bodies 3 and 5. .

ํ•œํŽธ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(101) ๋ฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(301)์€ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•(105, 305)์˜ ๋™์ถ• ์ƒ์— ๋’ค์—์„œ ๋”์šฑ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ์–ด์œ ๋‹›๊ณผ ์บ ์œ ๋‹›์„ ๊ตฌ์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค.Meanwhile, the main hinge module 101 and the sub hinge module 301 constitute a gear unit and a cam unit which will be described later on the coaxial axis of the first and second hinge shafts 105 and 305.

๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ๋ณธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ์˜ํ•œ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜(100)๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(101) ๋ฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(301)์„ ํ†ตํ•ด 0~360๋„์˜ ์˜คํ”ˆ ๋ฒ”์œ„์—์„œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””์˜ ํšŒ์ „์ด ์ž์œ ๋กœ์šด ํ”„๋ฆฌ-์Šคํ†ฑ(Free-Stop) ์˜คํ”ˆ์„ ๊ตฌํ˜„ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.Accordingly, the hinge device 100 for a portable terminal according to the present embodiment is free to rotate the first and second bodies in an open range of 0 to 360 degrees through the main hinge module 101 and the sub hinge module 301. Free-stop open can be implemented.

์ดํ•˜, ์ƒ๊ธฐ์—์„œ์™€ ๊ฐ™์€ ๋ณธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ์˜ํ•œ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(101) ๋ฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(301)์˜ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ์„ ๋”์šฑ ์ž์„ธํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ๋กœ ํ•œ๋‹ค.Hereinafter, the configuration of the main hinge module 101 and the sub hinge module 301 according to the present embodiment as described above will be described in more detail.

๋ณธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(101)์€ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(110)์™€, ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120)๊ณผ, ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(130)๊ณผ, ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ธฐ์–ด์œ ๋‹›(140)๊ณผ, ๋ฉ”์ธ ์บ ์œ ๋‹›(150)๊ณผ, ๋ฉ”์ธ ํƒ„์„ฑ๋ถ€์žฌ(160)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง„๋‹ค.In the present embodiment, the main hinge module 101, the first hinge case 110, the first main rotary shaft 120, the second main rotary shaft 130, the main gear unit 140, the main cam It comprises a unit 150 and the main elastic member 160.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(110)๋Š” ํ•˜๊ธฐ์˜ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ์š”์†Œ๋“ค์„ ์žฅ์ฐฉ ๋ฐ ์ˆ˜์šฉํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ, ๊ทธ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ์š”์†Œ๋“ค์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)์˜ ์ผ์ธก ํžŒ์ง€ ์•„์•”(๋ฏธ๋„์‹œ)์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋œ๋‹ค.The first hinge case 110 is for mounting and accommodating the following components, and the components of the first hinge case 110 are rotatable on one side hinge arms (not shown) of the first and second bodies 3 and 5. Connected.

์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(110)๋Š” ๋ณผํŠธ(B)๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒํ˜ธ ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ ๋ฐ ๋ถ„๋ฆฌ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ผ€์ด์Šค๋กœ์„œ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€๋ฉฐ, ๊ทธ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์—๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ์š”์†Œ๋“ค์„ ์‹ค์งˆ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๊ฐ์ข… ๋Œ๊ธฐ, ๋ฆฌ๋ธŒ, ํ™ˆ, ํ™€ ๋“ฑ๊ณผ ๊ฐ™์€ ๋ถ€์† ์š”์†Œ๋“ค์„ ๊ตฌ๋น„ํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค.The first hinge case 110 is formed as a pair of cases that can be mutually coupled and separated through the bolt (B), the case has a variety of protrusions, ribs, grooves, holes, etc. for substantially supporting the components The accessory elements are provided.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(110)๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ผ€์ด์Šค๊ฐ€ ์ƒํ˜ธ ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ๋˜๋ฉด์„œ ๋‚ด๋ถ€ ๊ณต๊ฐ„์„ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐ”, ์ผ์ธก๋ฉด์—๋Š” ๊ทธ ๋‚ด๋ถ€ ๊ณต๊ฐ„๊ณผ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ๊ด€ํ†ต๋ถ€(111)๋ฅผ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ , ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ์ธก๋ฉด์—๋Š” ๊ทธ ๋‚ด๋ถ€ ๊ณต๊ฐ„๊ณผ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ2 ๊ด€ํ†ต๋ถ€(112)๋ฅผ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค.The first hinge case 110 forms an inner space while a pair of cases are coupled to each other, and on one side thereof, a pair of first through-holes 111 connected to the inner space are formed, and the other side surface thereof. A pair of second through-holes 112 are formed in the inner space.

์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๊ด€ํ†ต๋ถ€(111, 112)๋Š” ์›ํ˜•์˜ ํ™€์„ ์ง€๋‹Œ ์›ํ†ตํ˜• ๋Œ๊ธฐ๋กœ์„œ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€๋ฉฐ, ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)์˜ ์ผ์ธก ํžŒ์ง€ ์•„์•”(๋ฏธ๋„์‹œ)์— ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜์–ด ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)์˜ ์ƒ๋Œ€์ ์ธ ํšŒ์ „์„ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์„ ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.Here, the first and second through parts 111 and 112 are formed as cylindrical protrusions having circular holes, and are connected to one side hinge arms (not shown) of the first and second bodies 3 and 5. It serves to support the relative rotation of the first and second body (3, 5).

์ด ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๊ด€ํ†ต๋ถ€(111)๋Š” ๋’ค์—์„œ ๋”์šฑ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120, 130)์˜ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ถ€๋ถ„์ด๋ฉฐ, ์ œ2 ๊ด€ํ†ต๋ถ€(112)๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120, 130)์˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋ฉฐ ๊ทธ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ๊ด€ํ†ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์™ธ๋ถ€๋กœ ์ธ์ถœ๋˜๋Š” ๋ถ€๋ถ„์ด๋‹ค.In this case, the first through part 111 is a part supporting one end of the first and second main rotary shafts 120 and 130 which will be described later, and the second through part 112 is the first and second parts. The other end of the main rotating shaft (120, 130) is supported and the other end is a portion that is drawn out through.

๋„๋ฉด์—์„œ ๋ฏธ์„ค๋ช…๋œ ์ฐธ์กฐ ๋ถ€ํ˜ธ 115๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ผ€์ด์Šค๋ฅผ ๋ณผํŠธ(B)๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ฒด๊ฒฐํ•˜์—ฌ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(110)๋ฅผ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋ณผํŠธ ์ฒด๊ฒฐํ™€์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ด๋ฉฐ, 117์€ ๊ทธ ๋ณผํŠธ(B)๊ฐ€ ๊ฒฐ์†๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ๊ฒฐ์† ๋Œ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ๋‹ค.Reference numeral 115, which is not described in the drawing, indicates a bolt fastening hole for fastening a pair of cases through the bolt B to form the first hinge case 110, and 117 indicates that the bolt B may be engaged. It shows the binding protrusion.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120)์€ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)์˜ ํšŒ์ „์„ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ์„œ, ์–ธ๊ธ‰ํ•œ ๋ฐ” ์žˆ๋Š” ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•(105)์˜ ๋™์ถ• ์ƒ์—์„œ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(110)์˜ ๋‚ด๋ถ€์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ(1)์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)์— ์‹ค์งˆ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋œ๋‹ค.The first main axis of rotation 120 is for supporting the rotation of the first body 3, so as to be rotatable inside the first hinge case 110 on the coaxial of the first hinge shaft 105 as mentioned above It is mounted, and is installed to be substantially connected to the first body (3) of the portable terminal (1).

์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120)์€ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(110)์˜ ์ œ1 ๊ด€ํ†ต๋ถ€(111: ๋„๋ฉด์—์„œ ์ƒ์ธก์— ์œ„์น˜)์— ์ง€์ง€๋œ ์ƒํƒœ๋กœ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ์ œ2 ๊ด€ํ†ต๋ถ€(112: ๋„๋ฉด์—์„œ ์ƒ์ธก์— ์œ„์น˜)๋ฅผ ๊ด€ํ†ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์™ธ๋ถ€๋กœ ์ผ๋ถ€ ๋Œ์ถœ๋˜๊ฒŒ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋œ๋‹ค.Here, the first main rotary shaft 120 has one side end supported by the first through part 111 of the first hinge case 110 (the upper side in the drawing), and the other one end thereof has the second through part 112. : It is mounted so as to partially protrude to the outside through the upper position in the drawing).

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120)์˜ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€์—๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋งํ™ˆ(121)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ์ œ1 ๋งํ™ˆ(121)์—๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120)์„ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(110)์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๊ฒฐํ•ฉํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ E-๋ง์œผ๋กœ์„œ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ง๋ถ€์žฌ(123)๊ฐ€ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋œ๋‹ค.In addition, a first ring groove 121 is formed at one end of the first main rotation shaft 120, and the first main rotation shaft 120 is rotatable to the first hinge case 110 in the first ring groove 121. The first ring member 123 as an E-ring for fast coupling is mounted.

๋˜ํ•œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120)์˜ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€์—๋Š” ๋’ค์—์„œ ๋”์šฑ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฉ”์ธ ํƒ„์„ฑ๋ถ€์žฌ(160)์˜ ํƒ„์„ฑ ๋ณ€ํ˜•์„ ๊ฐ€์ด๋“œํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ๊ทธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120)์˜ ํšŒ์ „์„ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋ถ€์‹œ ํ˜•ํƒœ์˜ ์ œ1 ์Šคํ”„๋ง ๊ฐ€์ด๋“œ(125)๊ฐ€ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋˜๋Š” ๋ฐ”, ์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ์ œ1 ์Šคํ”„๋ง ๊ฐ€์ด๋“œ(125)๋Š” ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(110)์˜ ์ œ1 ๊ด€ํ†ต๋ถ€(111)์— ๊ฑธ๋ฆผ์ด ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€๋ฉฐ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋œ๋‹ค.In addition, one side end of the first main rotation shaft 120 guides the elastic deformation of the main elastic member 160, which will be described later, and a first spring guide having a bush shape for supporting rotation of the rotation shaft 120 ( 125 is mounted, and the first spring guide 125 is mounted on the first through part 111 of the first hinge case 110.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(130)์€ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(5)์˜ ํšŒ์ „์„ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ์„œ, ์–ธ๊ธ‰ํ•œ ๋ฐ” ์žˆ๋Š” ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•(305)์˜ ๋™์ถ• ์ƒ์—์„œ ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120)๊ณผ ํ‰ํ–‰ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(110)์˜ ๋‚ด๋ถ€์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ(1)์˜ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(5)์— ์‹ค์งˆ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋œ๋‹ค.The second main axis of rotation 130 is for supporting the rotation of the second body 5, the first hinge in parallel with the first main axis of rotation 120 on the coaxial of the second hinge axis 305 mentioned It is rotatably mounted in the case 110 and is installed to be substantially connected to the second body 5 of the portable terminal 1.

์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(130)์€ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(110)์˜ ์ œ1 ๊ด€ํ†ต๋ถ€(111: ๋„๋ฉด์—์„œ ํ•˜์ธก์— ์œ„์น˜)์— ์ง€์ง€๋œ ์ƒํƒœ๋กœ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ์ œ2 ๊ด€ํ†ต๋ถ€(112: ๋„๋ฉด์—์„œ ํ•˜์ธก์— ์œ„์น˜)๋ฅผ ๊ด€ํ†ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์™ธ๋ถ€๋กœ ์ผ๋ถ€ ๋Œ์ถœ๋˜๊ฒŒ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋œ๋‹ค.Here, the second main rotary shaft 130 has one side end supported by the first through part 111 of the first hinge case 110 (the lower side in the drawing), and the other one end thereof has the second through part 112. : It is mounted so as to partially protrude to the outside through the lower position in the drawing).

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(130)์˜ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€์—๋Š” ์ œ2 ๋งํ™ˆ(131)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ์ œ2 ๋งํ™ˆ(131)์—๋Š” ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(130)์„ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(110)์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๊ฒฐํ•ฉํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ E-๋ง์œผ๋กœ์„œ์˜ ์ œ2 ๋ง๋ถ€์žฌ(133)๊ฐ€ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋œ๋‹ค.In addition, a second ring groove 131 is formed at one end of the second main rotation shaft 130, and the second main rotation shaft 130 is rotatable to the first hinge case 110 in the second ring groove 131. The second ring member 133 as an E-ring for fast fitting is mounted.

๋˜ํ•œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(130)์˜ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€์—๋Š” ๋’ค์—์„œ ๋”์šฑ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฉ”์ธ ํƒ„์„ฑ๋ถ€์žฌ(160)์˜ ํƒ„์„ฑ ๋ณ€ํ˜•์„ ๊ฐ€์ด๋“œํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ๊ทธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(130)์˜ ํšŒ์ „์„ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋ถ€์‹œ ํ˜•ํƒœ์˜ ์ œ2 ์Šคํ”„๋ง ๊ฐ€์ด๋“œ(135)๊ฐ€ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋˜๋Š” ๋ฐ”, ์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ์ œ2 ์Šคํ”„๋ง ๊ฐ€์ด๋“œ(135)๋Š” ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(110)์˜ ์ œ1 ๊ด€ํ†ต๋ถ€(111)์— ๊ฑธ๋ฆผ์ด ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€๋ฉฐ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋œ๋‹ค.In addition, one side end of the second main rotary shaft 130 guides the elastic deformation of the main elastic member 160, which will be described later, and a second spring guide having a bush shape for supporting the rotation of the rotary shaft 130 ( As the bar 135 is mounted, the second spring guide 135 is mounted on the first through part 111 of the first hinge case 110.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ธฐ์–ด์œ ๋‹›(140)์€ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(141, 142)์™€, ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(145, 146)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค.The main gear unit 140 includes first and second main drive gears 141 and 142 and first and second main driven gears 145 and 146.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(141, 142)๋Š” ํ‰๊ธฐ์–ด๋กœ์„œ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120, 130)์— ๊ฐ๊ฐ ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๋Š” ๋ฐ”, ๋ฐ”๋žŒ์งํ•˜๊ฒŒ๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120, 130)์— ๊ฐ๊ฐ ์ธ์„œํŠธ ์‚ฌ์ถœ ์„ฑํ˜•๋˜์–ด ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง„๋‹ค.The first and second main drive gears 141 and 142 are spur gears, which are installed to be fixed to the first and second main rotation shafts 120 and 130, respectively, preferably the first and second main rotation shafts 120. And insert injection molding on 130).

์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(141, 142)์—๋Š” ๊ทธ ๊ธฐ์–ด์˜ ๋™์‹ฌ์› ์™ธ์ธก์œผ๋กœ ๋Œ์ถœ๋˜๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ ๋Œ๊ธฐ(143, 144)๊ฐ€ ์ผ์ฒด๋กœ ํ˜•์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค.Here, each of the first and second main drive gears 141 and 142 is integrally formed with a pair of engaging projections 143 and 144 protruding outward from the concentric circles of the gear.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(145: ๋‹น ์—…๊ณ„์—์„œ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด๋ฅผ "์•„์ด๋“ค ๊ธฐ์–ด" ๋ผ๊ณ ๋„ ํ•œ๋‹ค)๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(141)์— ๋Œ€์‘ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(110)์˜ ๋‚ด๋ถ€์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋œ๋‹ค.The first main driven gear 145 (also referred to as "idle gear" in the art) is rotatably installed in the first hinge case 110 in response to the first main drive gear 141.

์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(145)๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(141)์™€ ์ƒํ˜ธ ์น˜ํ•ฉํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐ”, ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120)์˜ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์— ๋ฐ˜๋Œ€๋˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋œ๋‹ค.The first main driven gear 145 is meshed with the first main driving gear 141 and is rotatably mounted in a direction opposite to the rotation direction of the first main rotation shaft 120.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(146)๋Š” ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(142)์— ๋Œ€์‘ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(110)์˜ ๋‚ด๋ถ€์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋œ๋‹ค.In addition, the second main driven gear 146 is rotatably installed in the first hinge case 110 in response to the second main driving gear 142.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(146)๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(145) ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(142)์™€ ์ƒํ˜ธ ์น˜ํ•ฉํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(130)์˜ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์— ๋ฐ˜๋Œ€๋˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋œ๋‹ค.The second main driven gear 146 meshes with the first main driven gear 145 and the second main driving gear 142, and is rotatable in a direction opposite to the rotational direction of the second main rotating shaft 130. Is mounted.

์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(146)๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(145) ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(142)์™€ ์ƒํ˜ธ ์น˜ํ•ฉ๋˜๋Š” ๋ฐ”, ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(145)์˜ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์— ๋ฐ˜๋Œ€๋˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „ํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ๊ทธ ํšŒ์ „๋ ฅ์„ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(142)๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(130)์œผ๋กœ ์ „๋‹ฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์„ ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.The second main driven gear 146 meshes with the first main driven gear 145 and the second main driving gear 142, and thus rotates in a direction opposite to the rotation direction of the first main driven gear 145. And, it serves to transmit the rotational force to the second main rotation shaft 130 through the second main drive gear 142.

์ฆ‰, ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)์˜ ํšŒ์ „์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120)์˜ ํšŒ์ „์œผ๋กœ์„œ ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(141)๊ฐ€ ์ • ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜๋ฉด, ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(145)๋Š” ์—ญ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜๊ณ , ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(146)๋Š” ์ • ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.That is, when the first main drive gear 141 rotates in the forward direction as the first main rotation shaft 120 rotates according to the rotation of the first body 3, the first main driven gear 145 moves in the reverse direction. The second main driven gear 146 rotates in the forward direction.

๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(130)์€ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(142)๊ฐ€ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(146)์™€ ์ƒํ˜ธ ์น˜ํ•ฉ๋˜๋ฏ€๋กœ, ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120)์˜ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ๊ณผ ๋ฐ˜๋Œ€์ธ ์—ญ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.Therefore, since the second main drive gear 142 is meshed with the second main driven gear 146, the second main rotation shaft 130 rotates in the reverse direction opposite to the rotation direction of the first main rotation shaft 120. do.

ํ•œํŽธ, ๋ณธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ์˜ํ•œ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(101)์€ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(110)์˜ ๋‚ด๋ถ€์—์„œ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120, 130)๊ณผ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(145, 146)๋ฅผ ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ™€๋”(210, 220)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค.Meanwhile, the main hinge module 101 according to the present embodiment includes the first and second main rotary shafts 120 and 130 and the first and second main driven gears 145 and 146 inside the first hinge case 110. It includes a first and second main holder (210, 220) for rotatably supporting the.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ™€๋”(210, 220)๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(145, 146)๋ฅผ ์‚ฌ์ด์— ๋‘๊ณ  ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(110)์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋œ๋‹ค.The first and second main holders 210 and 220 are fixed to the first hinge case 110 with the first and second main driven gears 145 and 146 therebetween.

์ด ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ™€๋”(210)๋Š” ๋ณผํŠธ(B)๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(110)์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๊ณ , ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120, 130)์ด ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋ผ์›Œ์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ์žฅ์ฐฉํ™€(211)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ๋‹ค.In this case, the first main holder 210 may be fixed to the first hinge case 110 through the bolt B, and the first and second main rotation shafts 120 and 130 may be rotatably fitted. A pair of first mounting holes 211 are formed.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ™€๋”(220)๋Š” ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(110)์— ํ˜•์„ฑ๋œ ๊ณ ์ • ๋Œ๊ธฐ(221)์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๊ณ , ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(141, 142)๊ฐ€ ํ†ต๊ณผํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ2 ์žฅ์ฐฉํ™€(223)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ๋‹ค.The second main holder 220 is fixed to the fixing protrusion 221 formed on the first hinge case 110, and as long as the first and second main driving gears 141 and 142 can pass therethrough. The pair of second mounting holes 223 are formed.

์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ™€๋”(220)๋Š” ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(110)์˜ ๊ณ ์ • ๋Œ๊ธฐ(221)๊ฐ€ ๋ผ์›Œ์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ๊ณ ์ •ํ™ˆ(225)์„ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค.Here, the second main holder 220 forms a fixing groove 225 into which the fixing protrusion 221 of the first hinge case 110 can be fitted.

๋˜ํ•œ, ๊ฐ๊ฐ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ™€๋”(210, 220)๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(145, 146)๋ฅผ ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ์žฅ์ฐฉํ™ˆ(218)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ๋‹ค.In addition, each of the first and second main holders 210 and 220 is provided with a pair of first mounting grooves 218 rotatably supporting the first and second main driven gears 145 and 146. .

์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ์บ ์œ ๋‹›(150)์€ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์บ (151)๊ณผ ๋ฉ”์ธ ์ด๋™์บ (155)์„ ํฌํ•จํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง„๋‹ค.The main cam unit 150 includes a main rotating cam 151 and a main moving cam 155.

์ƒ๊ธฐ์—์„œ, ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์บ (151)์€ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(141, 142)์™€ ๋ณ„๊ฐœ๋กœ์„œ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120, 130)์— ๊ฐ๊ฐ ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋œ๋‹ค.In the above, the main rotary cam 151 is rotatably mounted to the first and second main rotary shafts 120 and 130 separately from the first and second main drive gears 141 and 142, respectively.

์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์บ (151)์€ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(141, 142)์˜ ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ ๋Œ๊ธฐ(143, 144)์— ๊ฐ๊ฐ ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ๋˜๋Š” ๋ฐ”, ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(141, 142)์˜ ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ ๋Œ๊ธฐ(143, 144)๊ฐ€ ๋ผ์›Œ์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ๊ฒฐํ•ฉํ™ˆ(152)์„ ๊ฐ๊ฐ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค.The main rotary cam 151 is coupled to the coupling protrusions 143 and 144 of the first and second main drive gears 141 and 142, respectively, and the first and second main drive gears 141 and 142 are coupled to each other. A pair of coupling grooves 152 into which the protrusions 143 and 144 can be fitted is formed, respectively.

์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์บ (151)์€ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120, 130)์— ๋ผ์›Œ์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ์‚ฝ์ž… ๊ตฌ๋ฉ์„ ์ง€๋‹ˆ๋ฉฐ, ์–ธ๊ธ‰ํ•œ ๋ฐ” ์žˆ๋“ฏ์ด 0~360๋„์˜ ์˜คํ”ˆ ๋ฒ”์œ„์—์„œ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)์˜ ํšŒ์ „์ด ์ž์œ ๋กœ์šด ํ”„๋ฆฌ-์Šคํ†ฑ(Free-Stop) ์˜คํ”ˆ์„ ๊ตฌํ˜„ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ฒŒ ์บ ์„ ๋„๊ฐ€ ์ฒ˜์Œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋๊นŒ์ง€ ์ผ์ •ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์œ ์ง€๋˜๋„๋ก ๊ตฌ์„ฑํ•œ๋‹ค.Here, each of the main rotary cam 151 has an insertion hole that can be fitted to the first and second main rotary shafts 120 and 130, as mentioned above, the first and second in the open range of 0 to 360 degrees The cam diagram is configured to be kept constant from the beginning to the end so that the rotation of the bodies 3 and 5 can implement free-stop opening freely.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ์ด๋™์บ (155)์€ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120, 130)์— ์ถ• ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์„ ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ง์„  ์ด๋™ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋œ๋‹ค.The main cam 155 is installed on the first and second main rotary shafts 120 and 130 to linearly move along the axial direction.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ์ด๋™์บ (155)์€ ๊ฐ๊ฐ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120, 130)์ด ๋ผ์›Œ์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์‚ฝ์ž… ๊ตฌ๋ฉ(155a)์„ ์ง€๋‹ˆ๋ฉฐ ๊ฐ๊ฐ์˜ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์บ (151)๊ณผ ์ƒํ˜ธ ์บ  ์ ‘์ด‰ํ•˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์บ ๋ถ€(156, 157)๋ฅผ ์ผ์ฒด๋กœ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค.The main mobile cam 155 has a pair of insertion holes 155a into which the first and second main rotary shafts 120 and 130 can be fitted, and each main rotary cam 151 contacts with each other. The first and second cam portions 156 and 157 are integrally formed.

์ฆ‰, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ์ด๋™์บ (155)์€ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120, 130)์ด ์‚ฝ์ž… ๊ตฌ๋ฉ(155a)์— ๋ผ์›Œ์ง€๋ฉฐ ๊ทธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120, 130)์˜ ์ถ• ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์„ ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ง์„  ์ด๋™ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.That is, the main moving cam 155 is the first and second main rotation shaft (120, 130) is inserted into the insertion hole (155a) and is linearly moved along the axis direction of the rotation shaft (120, 130).

์ด ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์บ ๋ถ€(156, 157)์—๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)์˜ ํšŒ์ „์ด ์ž์œ ๋กœ์šด ํ”„๋ฆฌ-์Šคํ†ฑ(Free-Stop) ์˜คํ”ˆ์„ ๊ตฌํ˜„ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ฒŒ ์บ ์„ ๋„๊ฐ€ ์ฒ˜์Œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋๊นŒ์ง€ ์ผ์ •ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์œ ์ง€๋˜๋„๋ก ๊ตฌ์„ฑํ•œ๋‹ค.In this case, the cam diagrams from the beginning to the end of the first and second cam portions 156 and 157 can implement free-stop opening in which the first and second bodies 3 and 5 can be freely rotated. Configure to remain constant.

์ƒ๊ธฐ์—์„œ, ๊ฐ๊ฐ์˜ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์บ (151)์„ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(141, 142)์— ์ผ์ฒด๋กœ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๊ณ , ์ด๋“ค ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(141, 142)์— ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ฒŒ ๊ตฌ์„ฑํ•˜๋Š” ์ด์œ ๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)์˜ ํ”„๋ฆฌ-์Šคํ†ฑ(Free-Stop) ์˜คํ”ˆ์„ ๊ตฌํ˜„ํ•˜๋Š”๋ฐ ํฐ ํ† ํฌ๋ฅผ ํ•„์š”๋กœ ํ•˜๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์—, ๊ทธ ํ† ํฌ๋กœ ์ธํ•ด ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120, 130)์˜ ๋‚ด๊ตฌ์„ฑ์ด ์ €ํ•˜๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ๋ฐฉ์ง€ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•จ์ด๋‹ค.In the above, each main rotary cam 151 is not formed integrally with the first and second main drive gears (141, 142), the reason for configuring to be able to be coupled to these drive gears (141, 142) Since a large torque is required to implement free-stop opening of the first and second bodies 3 and 5, the torque causes the durability of the first and second main rotary shafts 120 and 130 to be reduced. This is to prevent deterioration.

ํ•œํŽธ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํƒ„์„ฑ๋ถ€์žฌ(160)๋Š” ๋ฉ”์ธ ์ด๋™์บ (155)์ด ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์บ (151)์— ๋ฐ€์ฐฉ๋˜๋ฉด์„œ ์ด๋“ค์ด ์ƒํ˜ธ ์บ  ์ ‘์ด‰ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ฒŒ ๋ฉ”์ธ ์ด๋™์บ (155)์œผ๋กœ ํƒ„๋ฐœ๋ ฅ์„ ๋ฐœํœ˜ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค.On the other hand, the main elastic member 160 is for the main mobile cam 155 to be in close contact with the main rotary cam 151 to exert elastic force to the main mobile cam 155 so that they can come in contact with each other cam.

์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํƒ„์„ฑ๋ถ€์žฌ(160)๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120, 130)์— ๊ฐ๊ฐ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋˜๋Š” ์••์ถ• ์ฝ”์ผ ์Šคํ”„๋ง(161)์œผ๋กœ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€๋Š”๋ฐ, ์ด ์••์ถ• ์ฝ”์ผ ์Šคํ”„๋ง(161)์€ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ๋ฉ”์ธ ์ด๋™์บ (155)์— ์ง€์ง€๋˜๊ณ  ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120, 130)์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์Šคํ”„๋ง ๊ฐ€์ด๋“œ(125, 135)์— ์ง€์ง€๋œ๋‹ค.The main elastic member 160 is composed of a compression coil spring 161 mounted to the first and second main rotation shafts 120 and 130, respectively, the compression coil spring 161 has one end of the main moving cam 155. ) And the other end is supported by the first and second spring guides 125 and 135 of each of the main shafts 120 and 130.

๋ณธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ, ์„œ๋ธŒ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(301)์€ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)์™€, ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320)๊ณผ, ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(330)๊ณผ, ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ธฐ์–ด์œ ๋‹›(340)๊ณผ, ์„œ๋ธŒ ์บ ์œ ๋‹›(350)๊ณผ, ์„œ๋ธŒ ํƒ„์„ฑ๋ถ€์žฌ(360)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค.In the present embodiment, the sub-hinge module 301 includes a second hinge case 310, a first sub rotation shaft 320, a second sub rotation shaft 330, a sub gear unit 340, and a sub cam unit. And a sub elastic member 360.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)๋Š” ํ•˜๊ธฐ์˜ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ์š”์†Œ๋“ค์„ ์žฅ์ฐฉ ๋ฐ ์ˆ˜์šฉํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ, ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(101)์˜ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(110)์™€ ๋ณ„๊ฐœ๋กœ์„œ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)์˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ์ธก ํžŒ์ง€ ์•„์•”(๋ฏธ๋„์‹œ)์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋œ๋‹ค.The second hinge case 310 is for mounting and accommodating the following components, and separates the first and second bodies 3 and 5 from the first hinge case 110 of the main hinge module 101. It is rotatably connected to the other side hinge arm (not shown).

์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)๋Š” ๋ณผํŠธ(B)๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒํ˜ธ ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ ๋ฐ ๋ถ„๋ฆฌ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ผ€์ด์Šค๋กœ์„œ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€๋ฉฐ, ๊ทธ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์—๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ์š”์†Œ๋“ค์„ ์‹ค์งˆ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๊ฐ์ข… ๋Œ๊ธฐ, ๋ฆฌ๋ธŒ, ํ™ˆ, ํ™€ ๋“ฑ๊ณผ ๊ฐ™์€ ๋ถ€์† ์š”์†Œ๋“ค์„ ๊ตฌ๋น„ํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค.The second hinge case 310 is formed as a pair of cases that can be mutually coupled and separated through the bolt (B), the case has a variety of protrusions, ribs, grooves, holes, etc. for substantially supporting the components The accessory elements are provided.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ผ€์ด์Šค๊ฐ€ ์ƒํ˜ธ ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ๋˜๋ฉด์„œ ๋‚ด๋ถ€ ๊ณต๊ฐ„์„ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐ”, ์ผ์ธก๋ฉด์—๋Š” ๊ทธ ๋‚ด๋ถ€ ๊ณต๊ฐ„๊ณผ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ3 ๊ด€ํ†ต๋ถ€(311)๋ฅผ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ , ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ์ธก๋ฉด์—๋Š” ๊ทธ ๋‚ด๋ถ€ ๊ณต๊ฐ„๊ณผ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ4 ๊ด€ํ†ต๋ถ€(312)๋ฅผ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค.The second hinge case 310 forms an inner space while a pair of cases are coupled to each other, and a pair of third through parts 311 connected to the inner space are formed at one side thereof, and the other one side surface thereof. A pair of fourth through parts 312 connected to the inner space are formed in the inner side of the inner space.

์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ3 ๋ฐ ์ œ4 ๊ด€ํ†ต๋ถ€(311, 312)๋Š” ์›ํ˜•์˜ ํ™€์„ ์ง€๋‹Œ ์›ํ†ตํ˜• ๋Œ๊ธฐ๋กœ์„œ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€๋ฉฐ, ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)์˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ์ธก ํžŒ์ง€ ์•„์•”(๋ฏธ๋„์‹œ)์— ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜์–ด ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)์˜ ์ƒ๋Œ€์ ์ธ ํšŒ์ „์„ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์„ ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.Here, the third and fourth through parts 311 and 312 are formed as cylindrical protrusions having circular holes, and are connected to other hinge arms (not shown) of the first and second bodies 3 and 5. It serves to support the relative rotation of the first and second body (3, 5).

์ด ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ3 ๊ด€ํ†ต๋ถ€(311)๋Š” ๋’ค์—์„œ ๋”์šฑ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320, 330)์˜ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋ฉฐ ๊ทธ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ๊ด€ํ†ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์™ธ๋ถ€๋กœ ์ธ์ถœ๋˜๋Š” ๋ถ€๋ถ„์ด๋ฉฐ, ์ œ4 ๊ด€ํ†ต๋ถ€(312)๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)์˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ์ธก ํžŒ์ง€ ์•„์•”(๋ฏธ๋„์‹œ)์— ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋Š” ๋”๋ฏธ ๋ถ€๋ถ„์ด๋‹ค.In this case, the third through part 311 supports one end of the first and second sub-rotation shafts 320 and 330 which will be described later, and one end thereof penetrates and is drawn out to the outside. The part 312 is a dummy part connected to the other side hinge arm (not shown) of the first and second bodies 3, 5.

์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ3 ๊ด€ํ†ต๋ถ€(311)๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120, 130)์˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ์™ธ๋ถ€๋กœ ์ธ์ถœ๋˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(110)์˜ ์ œ1 ๊ด€ํ†ต๋ถ€(111)์™€ ๋งˆ์ฃผํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.Here, the third through part 311 faces the first through part 111 of the first hinge case 110 in which the other end portions of the first and second main rotation shafts 120 and 130 are drawn out. do.

ํ•œํŽธ, ๋ณธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ์˜ํ•œ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(301)์€ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)์˜ ํšŒ๋กœ์žฅ์น˜(๋ฏธ๋„์‹œ)๋ฅผ ์ „๊ธฐ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๊ฐ€์š”์„ฑ ์ธ์‡„ํšŒ๋กœ(390)๊ฐ€ ์ œ๊ณต๋˜๋Š” ๋ฐ”, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ€์š”์„ฑ ์ธ์‡„ํšŒ๋กœ(390)๋Š” ๋‹น ์—…๊ณ„์—์„œ ๋„๋ฆฌ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ ‰์‹œ๋ธ” PCB(FPCB) ๋˜๋Š” MCX(Micro Coaxial Cable)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.On the other hand, the sub-hinge module 301 according to the present embodiment is provided with a flexible printed circuit 390 for electrically connecting the circuit devices (not shown) of the first and second bodies (3, 5), The flexible printed circuit 390 may include a flexible PCB (FPCB) or a micro coaxial cable (MCX) that is widely used in the art.

์ด์™€ ๊ฐ™์€ ๊ฐ€์š”์„ฑ ์ธ์‡„ํšŒ๋กœ(390)๋Š” ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)์˜ ๋‚ด๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํ†ต๊ณผํ•˜์—ฌ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)์˜ ํšŒ๋กœ์žฅ์น˜์™€ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋Š” ๋ฐ”, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)๋Š” ๊ฐ€์š”์„ฑ ์ธ์‡„ํšŒ๋กœ(390)๊ฐ€ ํ†ต๊ณผํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ์ด๋™ ๊ฒฝ๋กœ(314)๋ฅผ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•œ๋‹ค.The flexible printed circuit 390 passes through the inside of the second hinge case 310 and is connected to the circuit devices of the first and second bodies 3 and 5, and the second hinge case 310 is The flexible printed circuit 390 forms a movement path 314 through which it can pass.

์ฆ‰, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ€์š”์„ฑ ์ธ์‡„ํšŒ๋กœ(390)๋Š” ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)์˜ ์ด๋™ ๊ฒฝ๋กœ(314)๋ฅผ ๊ฒฝ์œ ํ•˜๋ฉฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)์˜ ์ œ4 ๊ด€ํ†ต๋ถ€(312)๋ฅผ ๊ด€ํ†ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)์˜ ํšŒ๋กœ์žฅ์น˜์— ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋œ๋‹ค.That is, the flexible printed circuit 390 passes through the movement path 314 of the second hinge case 310 and penetrates through the fourth through part 312 of the second hinge case 310 to allow the first and second to pass through. It is connected to the circuit arrangement of the bodies 3 and 5.

๋„๋ฉด์—์„œ ๋ฏธ์„ค๋ช…๋œ ์ฐธ์กฐ ๋ถ€ํ˜ธ 315๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ผ€์ด์Šค๋ฅผ ๋ณผํŠธ(B)๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ฒด๊ฒฐํ•˜์—ฌ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)๋ฅผ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋ณผํŠธ ์ฒด๊ฒฐํ™€์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ๋‹ค.Reference numeral 315, which is not described in the drawing, indicates a bolt fastening hole for fastening a pair of cases through the bolt B to form the second hinge case 310.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320)์€ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)์˜ ํšŒ์ „์„ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ์„œ, ์–ธ๊ธ‰ํ•œ ๋ฐ” ์žˆ๋Š” ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•(105)์˜ ๋™์ถ• ์ƒ์—์„œ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)์˜ ๋‚ด๋ถ€์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ(1)์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)์— ์‹ค์งˆ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋œ๋‹ค.The first sub-rotation shaft 320 is for supporting the rotation of the first body 3, and rotatably inside the second hinge case 310 on the coaxial axis of the first hinge shaft 105 mentioned above. It is mounted, and is installed to be substantially connected to the first body (3) of the portable terminal (1).

์ฆ‰, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320)์€ ์œ„์—์„œ ์–ธ๊ธ‰ํ•œ ๋ฐ” ์žˆ๋Š” ์ผ์ • ๊ธธ์ด์˜ ์ œ1 ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„(103)์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(101)์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120)๊ณผ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋œ๋‹ค.That is, the first sub axis of rotation 320 is connected to the first main axis of rotation 120 of the main hinge module 101 through the first frame 103 of the predetermined length.

๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120)๊ณผ ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320)์ด ์ œ1 ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„(103)์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ƒํ˜ธ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋ฉด์„œ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•(105)์„ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„(103)์€ ๋ณผํŠธ์™€ ๊ฐ™์€ ์ฒด๊ฒฐ์ˆ˜๋‹จ์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ(1)์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)์— ๊ณ ์ •๋œ๋‹ค.Accordingly, the first main axis of rotation 120 and the first sub axis of rotation 320 are connected to each other through the first frame 103 to form a first hinge axis 105, the first frame 103 is It is fixed to the first body 3 of the portable terminal 1 through a fastening means such as a bolt.

์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320)์€ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)์˜ ์ œ3 ๊ด€ํ†ต๋ถ€(311: ๋„๋ฉด์—์„œ ์ƒ์ธก์— ์œ„์น˜)์— ์ง€์ง€๋œ ์ƒํƒœ๋กœ ๊ทธ ๊ด€ํ†ต๋ถ€(311)๋ฅผ ๊ด€ํ†ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์™ธ๋ถ€๋กœ ๋Œ์ถœ๋˜๊ณ , ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)์˜ ๋‚ด๋ถ€์— ์œ„์น˜ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋œ๋‹ค.Here, the first sub-rotation shaft 320 penetrates through the penetrating portion 311 in a state in which one end thereof is supported by the third penetrating portion 311 (located on the upper side in the drawing) of the second hinge case 310. Protrudes to the other end is mounted to be located inside the second hinge case (310).

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320)์˜ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€์—๋Š” ์ œ3 ๋งํ™ˆ(321)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ์ œ3 ๋งํ™ˆ(321)์—๋Š” ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320)์„ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๊ฒฐํ•ฉํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ E-๋ง์œผ๋กœ์„œ์˜ ์ œ3 ๋ง๋ถ€์žฌ(323)๊ฐ€ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋œ๋‹ค.In addition, a third ring groove 321 is formed at one end of the first sub rotating shaft 320, and the first sub rotating shaft 320 is rotatable to the second hinge case 310 in the third ring groove 321. And a third ring member 323 as an E-ring for fast fitting.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(330)์€ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(5)์˜ ํšŒ์ „์„ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ์„œ, ์–ธ๊ธ‰ํ•œ ๋ฐ” ์žˆ๋Š” ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•(305)์˜ ๋™์ถ• ์ƒ์—์„œ ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320)๊ณผ ํ‰ํ–‰ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)์˜ ๋‚ด๋ถ€์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ(1)์˜ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(5)์— ์‹ค์งˆ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋œ๋‹ค.The second sub axis of rotation 330 is for supporting the rotation of the second body 5, the second hinge in parallel with the first sub axis of rotation 320 on the coaxial of the second hinge axis 305 mentioned It is rotatably mounted in the case 310 and is installed to be substantially connected to the second body 5 of the portable terminal 1.

์ฆ‰, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(330)์€ ์œ„์—์„œ ์–ธ๊ธ‰ํ•œ ๋ฐ” ์žˆ๋Š” ์ผ์ • ๊ธธ์ด์˜ ์ œ2 ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„(303)์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(101)์˜ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(130)๊ณผ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋œ๋‹ค.That is, the second sub rotary shaft 330 is connected to the second main rotary shaft 130 of the main hinge module 101 through the second frame 303 of the predetermined length.

๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(130)๊ณผ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(330)์€ ์ œ2 ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„(303)์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ƒํ˜ธ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋ฉด์„œ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•(305)์„ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„(303)์€ ๋ณผํŠธ์™€ ๊ฐ™์€ ์ฒด๊ฒฐ์ˆ˜๋‹จ์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ(1)์˜ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(5)์— ๊ณ ์ •๋œ๋‹ค.Accordingly, the second main axis of rotation 130 and the second sub axis of rotation 330 are connected to each other through a second frame 303 to form a second hinge axis 305, the second frame 303 is It is fixed to the second body 5 of the portable terminal 1 through a fastening means such as a bolt.

์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(330)์€ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)์˜ ์ œ3 ๊ด€ํ†ต๋ถ€(311: ๋„๋ฉด์—์„œ ํ•˜์ธก์— ์œ„์น˜)์— ์ง€์ง€๋œ ์ƒํƒœ๋กœ ๊ทธ ๊ด€ํ†ต๋ถ€(311)๋ฅผ ๊ด€ํ†ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์™ธ๋ถ€๋กœ ๋Œ์ถœ๋˜๊ณ , ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)์˜ ๋‚ด๋ถ€์— ์œ„์น˜ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋œ๋‹ค.Here, the second sub-rotation shaft 330 penetrates through the penetrating portion 311 in a state in which one end thereof is supported by the third penetrating portion 311 (located below in the drawing) of the second hinge case 310. Protrudes to the other end is mounted to be located inside the second hinge case (310).

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(330)์˜ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€์—๋Š” ์ œ4 ๋งํ™ˆ(331)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ์ œ4 ๋งํ™ˆ(331)์—๋Š” ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(330)์„ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๊ฒฐํ•ฉํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ E-๋ง์œผ๋กœ์„œ์˜ ์ œ4 ๋ง๋ถ€์žฌ(333)๊ฐ€ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋œ๋‹ค.In addition, a fourth ring groove 331 is formed at one end of the second sub rotating shaft 330, and the second sub rotating shaft 330 is rotatable to the second hinge case 310 in the fourth ring groove 331. And a fourth ring member 333 as an E-ring for fast fitting.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ธฐ์–ด์œ ๋‹›(340)์€ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(341, 342)์™€, ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(345, 346)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค.The sub gear unit 340 includes first and second sub driving gears 341 and 342 and first and second sub driven gears 345 and 346.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(341, 342)๋Š” ํ‰๊ธฐ์–ด๋กœ์„œ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320, 330)์— ๊ฐ๊ฐ ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๋Š” ๋ฐ”, ๋ฐ”๋žŒ์งํ•˜๊ฒŒ๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320, 330)์— ๊ฐ๊ฐ ์ธ์„œํŠธ ์‚ฌ์ถœ ์„ฑํ˜•๋˜์–ด ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง„๋‹ค.The first and second sub-drive gears 341 and 342 are spur gears, which are installed to be fixed to the first and second sub-rotation shafts 320 and 330, respectively, and preferably the first and second sub-rotation shafts 320. And insert injection molding on 330, respectively.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(345: ๋‹น ์—…๊ณ„์—์„œ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด๋ฅผ "์•„์ด๋“ค ๊ธฐ์–ด" ๋ผ๊ณ ๋„ ํ•œ๋‹ค)๋Š” ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(341)์— ๋Œ€์‘ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)์˜ ๋‚ด๋ถ€์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋œ๋‹ค.The first sub-driven gear 345 (also referred to as "idle gear" in the art) is rotatably installed in the second hinge case 310 in response to the first sub-drive gear 341.

์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(345)๋Š” ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(341)์™€ ์ƒํ˜ธ ์น˜ํ•ฉํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐ”, ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320)์˜ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์— ๋ฐ˜๋Œ€๋˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋œ๋‹ค.The first sub-driven gear 345 is meshed with the first sub-drive gear 341, and is rotatably mounted in a direction opposite to the rotation direction of the first sub-rotation shaft 320.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(346)๋Š” ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(342)์— ๋Œ€์‘ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)์˜ ๋‚ด๋ถ€์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋œ๋‹ค.In addition, the second sub-driven gear 346 is rotatably installed in the second hinge case 310 in correspondence with the second sub-drive gear 342.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(346)๋Š” ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(345) ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(342)์™€ ์ƒํ˜ธ ์น˜ํ•ฉํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(330)์˜ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์— ๋ฐ˜๋Œ€๋˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋œ๋‹ค.The second sub-driven gear 346 meshes with the first sub-driven gear 345 and the second sub-drive gear 342 so as to be rotatable in a direction opposite to the rotational direction of the second sub-rotation shaft 330. Is mounted.

์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(346)๋Š” ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(345) ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(342)์™€ ์ƒํ˜ธ ์น˜ํ•ฉ๋˜๋Š” ๋ฐ”, ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(345)์˜ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์— ๋ฐ˜๋Œ€๋˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „ํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ๊ทธ ํšŒ์ „๋ ฅ์„ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(342)๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(330)์œผ๋กœ ์ „๋‹ฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์„ ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.The second sub-driven gear 346 is meshed with the first sub-driven gear 345 and the second sub-drive gear 342 so as to rotate in a direction opposite to the rotational direction of the first sub-driven gear 345. In addition, the rotational force is transmitted to the second sub-rotation shaft 330 through the second sub-drive gear 342.

์ฆ‰, ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)์˜ ํšŒ์ „์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320)์˜ ํšŒ์ „์œผ๋กœ์„œ ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(341)๊ฐ€ ์ • ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜๋ฉด, ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(345)๋Š” ์—ญ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜๊ณ , ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(346)๋Š” ์ • ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.That is, when the first sub-drive gear 341 rotates in the forward direction as the first sub-rotation shaft 320 rotates according to the rotation of the first body 3, the first sub-driven gear 345 moves in the reverse direction. The second sub-driven gear 346 rotates in the forward direction.

๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(330)์€ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(342)๊ฐ€ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(346)์™€ ์ƒํ˜ธ ์น˜ํ•ฉ๋˜๋ฏ€๋กœ, ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320)์˜ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ๊ณผ ๋ฐ˜๋Œ€์ธ ์—ญ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.Therefore, since the second sub-drive gear 342 is meshed with the second sub-driven gear 346, the second sub-rotation shaft 330 rotates in the reverse direction opposite to the rotation direction of the first sub-rotation shaft 320. do.

ํ•œํŽธ, ๋ณธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ์˜ํ•œ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(301)์€ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)์˜ ๋‚ด๋ถ€์—์„œ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320, 330)์˜ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€์™€ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(345, 346)๋ฅผ ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ™€๋”(410, 420)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค.On the other hand, the sub-hinge module 301 according to the present embodiment is one end of the first and second sub-rotation shaft (320, 330) and the first and second sub-driven gear 345 in the second hinge case (310) And first and second sub-holders 410 and 420 rotatably supporting 346.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(301)์€ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)์˜ ๋‚ด๋ถ€์—์„œ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320, 330)์˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ์ œ3 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ™€๋”(430)๋ฅผ ๋”์šฑ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค.In addition, the sub hinge module 301 supports a third sub holder 430 rotatably supporting the other end portions of the first and second sub rotation shafts 320 and 330 inside the second hinge case 310. It includes more.

์ƒ๊ธฐ์—์„œ, ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ™€๋”(410, 420)๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(345, 346)๋ฅผ ์‚ฌ์ด์— ๋‘๊ณ  ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋œ๋‹ค.In the above, the first and second sub holders 410 and 420 are installed to be fixed to the second hinge case 310 with the first and second sub driven gears 345 and 346 interposed therebetween.

์ฆ‰, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ™€๋”(410)๋Š” ๋ณผํŠธ(B)๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๊ณ , ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320, 330)์ด ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋ผ์›Œ์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ3 ์žฅ์ฐฉํ™€(411)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ๋‹ค.That is, the first sub holder 410 is fixed to the second hinge case 310 through the bolt (B), the first and second sub-rotation shaft (320, 330) can be rotatably fitted A pair of third mounting holes 411 are formed.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ™€๋”(420)๋Š” ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)์— ํ˜•์„ฑ๋œ ๊ณ ์ • ๋Œ๊ธฐ(421)์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๊ณ , ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(341, 342)๊ฐ€ ํ†ต๊ณผํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ4 ์žฅ์ฐฉํ™€(423)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ๋‹ค.The second sub holder 420 is fixedly installed on the fixing protrusion 421 formed in the second hinge case 310, and has a pair of first and second sub driving gears 341 and 342 through which the second sub holder 420 may pass. The fourth mounting hole 423 is formed.

์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ™€๋”(420)๋Š” ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)์˜ ๊ณ ์ • ๋Œ๊ธฐ(421)๊ฐ€ ๋ผ์›Œ์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ๊ณ ์ •ํ™ˆ(๋„๋ฉด์— ๋„์‹œํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์Œ)์„ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค.Here, the second sub holder 420 forms a fixing groove (not shown) in which the fixing protrusion 421 of the second hinge case 310 may be fitted.

๋˜ํ•œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ™€๋”(410, 420)๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(345, 346)๋ฅผ ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ2 ์žฅ์ฐฉํ™ˆ(418)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ๋‹ค.In addition, each of the first and second sub holders 410 and 420 is provided with a pair of second mounting grooves 418 rotatably supporting the first and second sub-driven gears 345 and 346. .

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ3 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ™€๋”(430)๋Š” ๋ณผํŠธ(B)๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๊ณ , ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)์˜ ๋‚ด๋ถ€์—์„œ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320, 330)์˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋ผ์›Œ์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ์ œ5 ์žฅ์ฐฉํ™€(431)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ๋‹ค.In addition, the third sub holder 430 is fixed to the second hinge case 310 through a bolt B, and the first and second sub rotation shafts 320 may be formed inside the second hinge case 310. A fifth mounting hole 431 to which the other end of the 330 is rotatably fitted is formed.

์ด ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ3 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ™€๋”(430)๋Š” ์–ธ๊ธ‰ํ•œ ๋ฐ” ์žˆ๋Š” ๊ฐ€์š”์„ฑ ์ธ์‡„ํšŒ๋กœ(390)๋ฅผ ํ†ต๊ณผ์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ์ด๋™ ๊ฒฝ๋กœ(314)๋ฅผ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•œ๋‹ค.In this case, the third sub holder 430 forms a movement path 314 through which the flexible printed circuit 390 mentioned above can pass.

์ด ๋•Œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ3 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ™€๋”(430)๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320, 330)์˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋ผ์›Œ์ง€๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ถ€๋ถ„(433)๊ณผ, ์ œ1 ๋ถ€๋ถ„(433)์— ์ผ์ฒด๋กœ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋ฉด์„œ ์ด๋™ ๊ฒฝ๋กœ(314)๋ฅผ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ  ๋ณผํŠธ(B)๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๋Š” ์ œ2 ๋ถ€๋ถ„(435)์œผ๋กœ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง„๋‹ค.In this case, the third sub holder 430 is integrally formed with the first portion 433 and the first portion 433 in which the other end portions of the first and second sub rotation shafts 320 and 330 are rotatably fitted. The second portion 435 is formed to form a moving path 314 and is fixed to the second hinge case 310 through the bolt B.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ถ€๋ถ„(433)์—๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ5 ์žฅ์ฐฉํ™€(431)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ์ œ2 ๋ถ€๋ถ„(435)์€ ์ œ1 ๋ถ€๋ถ„(433)์˜ ์ผ์ธก ๊ฐ€์žฅ์ž๋ฆฌ์—์„œ ์ˆ˜์ง ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ์—ฐ์žฅ๋˜๋ฉฐ ์ œ1 ๋ถ€๋ถ„(433)์˜ ํญ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ์ ˆ๊ณก๋œ ํ˜•ํƒœ๋กœ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง„๋‹ค.A pair of fifth mounting holes 431 are formed in the first portion 433, and the second portion 435 extends in a vertical direction from one side edge of the first portion 433 and the first portion 433. Is bent in the width direction.

์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๋ถ€๋ถ„(435)์—๋Š” ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)์— ๊ตฌ๋น„๋œ ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ ๋Œ๊ธฐ(436)๊ฐ€ ๋ผ์›Œ์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ ๊ตฌ๋ฉ(437)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ๋ณผํŠธ(B)๊ฐ€ ์ฒด๊ฒฐ๋˜๋Š” ์ฒด๊ฒฐ๊ณต(๋ฏธ๋„์‹œ)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ๋‹ค.Here, the second portion 435 is formed with a coupling hole 437 into which the coupling protrusion 436 provided in the second hinge case 310 can be fitted, and a fastening hole for fastening the bolt B ( Not shown) is formed.

๋ณธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ์บ ์œ ๋‹›(350)์€ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์บ (351)๊ณผ ์„œ๋ธŒ ์ด๋™์บ (355)์„ ํฌํ•จํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง„๋‹ค.In the present embodiment, the sub cam unit 350 includes a sub rotary cam 351 and a sub moving cam 355.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์บ (351)์€ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(341, 342)์— ๊ฐ๊ฐ ์ผ์ฒด๋กœ์„œ ํ˜•์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค.The sub rotary cam 351 is formed integrally with the first and second sub drive gears 341 and 342, respectively.

์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์บ (351)์€ ์–ธ๊ธ‰ํ•œ ๋ฐ” ์žˆ๋“ฏ์ด 0~360๋„์˜ ์˜คํ”ˆ ๋ฒ”์œ„์—์„œ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)์˜ ํšŒ์ „์ด ์ž์œ ๋กœ์šด ํ”„๋ฆฌ-์Šคํ†ฑ(Free-Stop) ์˜คํ”ˆ์„ ๊ตฌํ˜„ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ฒŒ ์บ ์„ ๋„๊ฐ€ ์ฒ˜์Œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋๊นŒ์ง€ ์ผ์ •ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์œ ์ง€๋˜๋„๋ก ๊ตฌ์„ฑํ•œ๋‹ค.Here, as mentioned above, each sub-rotation cam 351 may implement free-stop opening free of rotation of the first and second bodies 3 and 5 in the open range of 0 to 360 degrees. The cam diagram is configured to be kept constant from the beginning to the end.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ์ด๋™์บ (355)์€ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320, 330)์— ์ถ• ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์„ ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ง์„  ์ด๋™ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋œ๋‹ค.In addition, the sub-movement cam 355 is installed on the first and second sub-rotation shafts 320 and 330 to be linearly moved along the axial direction.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ์ด๋™์บ (355)์€ ๊ฐ๊ฐ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320, 330)์ด ๋ผ์›Œ์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์‚ฝ์ž… ๊ตฌ๋ฉ(355a)์„ ์ง€๋‹ˆ๋ฉฐ ๊ฐ๊ฐ์˜ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์บ (351)๊ณผ ์ƒํ˜ธ ์บ  ์ ‘์ด‰ํ•˜๋Š” ์ œ3 ๋ฐ ์ œ4 ์บ ๋ถ€(356, 357)๋ฅผ ์ผ์ฒด๋กœ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค.The sub-moving cam 355 has a pair of insertion holes 355a into which the first and second sub-rotation shafts 320 and 330 can be fitted, and each sub-rotation cam 351 is in contact with each other. The third and fourth cam portions 356 and 357 are integrally formed.

์ฆ‰, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ์ด๋™์บ (355)์€ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320, 330)์ด ์‚ฝ์ž… ๊ตฌ๋ฉ(355a)์— ๋ผ์›Œ์ง€๋ฉฐ ๊ทธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320, 330)์˜ ์ถ• ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์„ ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ง์„  ์ด๋™ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.That is, the sub moving cam 355 has the first and second sub rotating shafts 320 and 330 fitted into the insertion holes 355a and moves linearly along the axial direction of the rotating shafts 320 and 330.

์ด ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ3 ๋ฐ ์ œ4 ์บ ๋ถ€(356, 357)๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)์˜ ํšŒ์ „์ด ์ž์œ ๋กœ์šด ํ”„๋ฆฌ-์Šคํ†ฑ(Free-Stop) ์˜คํ”ˆ์„ ๊ตฌํ˜„ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ฒŒ ์บ ์„ ๋„๊ฐ€ ์ฒ˜์Œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋๊นŒ์ง€ ์ผ์ •ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์œ ์ง€๋˜๋„๋ก ๊ตฌ์„ฑํ•œ๋‹ค.In this case, the third and fourth cam portions 356 and 357 may have a cam diagram from the beginning to the end so as to realize free-stop opening free of rotation of the first and second bodies 3 and 5. Configure to remain constant.

์ƒ๊ธฐ์—์„œ, ๊ฐ๊ฐ์˜ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์บ (351)์„ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(341, 342)์— ์ผ์ฒด๋กœ์„œ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•œ ์ด์œ ๋Š”, ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)์˜ ํ”„๋ฆฌ-์Šคํ†ฑ(Free-Stop) ์ž‘๋™์„ ์œ„ํ•ด ๋น„๊ต์  ํฐ ํ† ํฌ๋ฅผ ๋ฐœ์ƒ์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(101)๊ณผ ๋‹ฌ๋ฆฌ, ์„œ๋ธŒ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(301)์€ ํฐ ํ† ํฌ๋ฅผ ํ•„์š”๋กœ ํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๊ณ  ๋‹จ์ˆœํžˆ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(101)์˜ ํžŒ์ง€ ์ž‘๋™์„ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋ฏ€๋กœ, ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320, 330)์˜ ๋‚ด๊ตฌ์„ฑ์ด ์ €ํ•˜๋  ์—ผ๋ ค๊ฐ€ ์—†๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์ด๋‹ค. In the above, the reason why the sub-rotation cam 351 is formed integrally with the first and second sub-drive gears 341 and 342 is that the first and second bodies 3 and 5 are free-stopped. Unlike the main hinge module 101 which generates a relatively large torque for the operation, the sub-hinge module 301 does not require a large torque and simply supports the hinge operation of the main hinge module 101. This is because the durability of the first and second sub-rotation shafts 320 and 330 is not deteriorated.

ํ•œํŽธ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํƒ„์„ฑ๋ถ€์žฌ(360)๋Š” ์„œ๋ธŒ ์ด๋™์บ (355)์ด ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์บ (351)์— ๋ฐ€์ฐฉ๋˜๋ฉด์„œ ์ด๋“ค์ด ์ƒํ˜ธ ์บ  ์ ‘์ด‰ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ฒŒ ์„œ๋ธŒ ์ด๋™์บ (355)์œผ๋กœ ํƒ„๋ฐœ๋ ฅ์„ ๋ฐœํœ˜ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค.On the other hand, the sub-elastic member 360 is to exert a force to the sub-movement cam 355 so that the sub-movement cam 355 is in close contact with the sub-rotation cam 351 so that they can come in contact with each other.

์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํƒ„์„ฑ๋ถ€์žฌ(360)๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320, 330)์— ๊ฐ๊ฐ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋˜๋Š” ์›จ์ด๋ธŒ ์Šคํ”„๋ง(361)์œผ๋กœ์„œ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€๋Š”๋ฐ, ์ด ์›จ์ด๋ธŒ ์Šคํ”„๋ง(361)์€ ๋ผ์šด๋“œ ํ˜•ํƒœ๋กœ ์ ˆ๊ณก๋œ ํŒ ์Šคํ”„๋ง์œผ๋กœ์„œ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง„๋‹ค.The sub elastic member 360 is formed as a wave spring 361 mounted to the first and second sub-rotation shafts 320 and 330, respectively, and the wave spring 361 is formed as a leaf spring bent in a round shape.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์›จ์ด๋ธŒ ์Šคํ”„๋ง(361)์€ ์„œ๋ธŒ ์ด๋™์บ (355)๊ณผ ์ œ3 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ™€๋”(430) ์‚ฌ์ด์— ์œ„์น˜ํ•˜๋ฉฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320, 330)์— ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋˜๋Š” ๋ฐ”, ์ด ์›จ์ด๋ธŒ ์Šคํ”„๋ง(361)์—๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320, 330)์ด ๊ฐ๊ฐ ๋ผ์›Œ์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ถ•๊ณต(363)์„ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค.The wave spring 361 is disposed between the sub-movement cam 355 and the third sub holder 430 and mounted to the first and second sub-rotation shafts 320 and 330. A pair of shaft holes 363 to which the first and second sub-rotation shafts 320 and 330 are fitted may be formed.

์ดํ•˜, ์ƒ๊ธฐ์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋˜๋Š” ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์˜ˆ์‹œ์ ์ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜(100)์˜ ์ž‘๋™์„ ์•ž์„œ ๊ฐœ์‹œํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด๋“ค ๋ฐ ํ•˜๊ธฐ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด๋“ค์„ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ์„ธํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•œ๋‹ค.Hereinafter, the operation of the hinge apparatus 100 for a portable terminal according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention configured as described above will be described in detail with reference to the drawings and the following drawings.

์šฐ์„ , ๋ณธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ(1)์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)์™€ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(5)๊ฐ€ 0๋„๋กœ์„œ ์ƒํ˜ธ ๋Œ€๋ฉดํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋Š” ํด๋กœ์ฆˆ ๋ชจ๋“œ๋ฅผ ์ดˆ๊ธฐ ์‹œ์ž‘์ ์œผ๋กœ ์„ค์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค.First, in this embodiment, the close mode in which the first body 3 and the second body 5 of the portable terminal 1 face each other at 0 degrees is set as the initial starting point.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ํด๋กœ์ฆˆ ๋ชจ๋“œ์—์„œ, ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์บ (151)๊ณผ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์บ (351)์€ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํƒ„์„ฑ์žฌ(160) ๋ฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํƒ„์„ฑ๋ถ€์žฌ(360)์˜ ํƒ„์„ฑ๋ ฅ์œผ๋กœ์„œ ๋ฉ”์ธ ์ด๋™์บ (155)๊ณผ ์„œ๋ธŒ ์ด๋™์บ (355)์˜ ์บ  ํ”„๋กœํŒŒ์ผ ์ƒ ๊ฒฝ์‚ฌ๊ตฌ๊ฐ„์— ๋ฐ€์ฐฉ๋œ ์ƒํƒœ์— ์žˆ๋‹ค.In the close mode, the main rotating cam 151 and the sub rotating cam 351 are cams of the main moving cam 155 and the sub moving cam 355 as elastic forces of the main elastic member 160 and the sub elastic member 360. It is in close contact with the slope section on the profile.

๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์บ (151)๊ณผ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์บ (351)์€ ๋ฉ”์ธ ์ด๋™์บ (155)๊ณผ ์„œ๋ธŒ ์ด๋™์บ (355)์˜ ๊ฒฝ์‚ฌ๊ตฌ๊ฐ„์— ๋งž๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ๋Š” ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „๋ ฅ์ด ์ž‘์šฉํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.Thus, the main rotary cam 151 and the sub rotary cam 351 is a rotational force acts in the direction in which the inclined section of the main mobile cam 155 and the sub mobile cam 355.

์ด๋กœ์จ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํด๋กœ์ฆˆ ๋ชจ๋“œ์—์„œ๋Š” ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์บ (151)๊ณผ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์บ (351)์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120) ๋ฐ ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320)์— ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)์˜ ํ์‡„ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „๋ ฅ์ด ์ž‘์šฉํ•จ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ, ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)๋Š” ๊ทธ ํšŒ์ „๋ ฅ์œผ๋กœ์„œ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(5)์— ๋Œ€ํ•˜์—ฌ ์†Œ์ • ํ† ํฌ์˜ ์˜ˆ์••์„ ์ œ๊ณตํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.Thus, in the close mode, the rotational force acts in the closing direction of the first body 3 on the first main rotation shaft 120 and the first sub rotation shaft 320 through the main rotation cam 151 and the sub rotation cam 351. As a result, the first body 3 provides a preload of a predetermined torque with respect to the second body 5 as its rotational force.

์ด๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)์™€ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(5)๊ฐ€ 0๋„๋กœ์„œ ํ์‡„๋œ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ(1)์˜ ์œ„์น˜๊ฐ€ ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ๋˜๋”๋ผ๋„ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์˜ˆ์••์„ ํ†ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)๋Š” ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(5)๊ฐ€ ์ž์ค‘์— ์˜ํ•ด ๋ฒŒ์–ด์ง€๋Š” ๋“ฑ์˜ ํ˜„์ƒ์„ ๋ฐฉ์ง€ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฏ€๋กœ, ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ(1)์˜ ์ƒํ’ˆ์„ฑ์„ ๋”์šฑ ๊ทน๋Œ€ํ™”์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.This means that when the first body 3 and the second body 5 are closed at 0 degrees, even if the position of the portable terminal 1 is changed, the first body 3 is connected to the second body 5 through the preload. Since it is possible to prevent a phenomenon such as being caused by its own weight, it is possible to further maximize the merchandise of the portable terminal (1).

์ƒ๊ธฐ์™€ ๊ฐ™์€ ํด๋กœ์ฆˆ ๋ชจ๋“œ์—์„œ, ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)๋ฅผ ์ผ์ • ๊ตฌ๊ฐ„ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ค๊ฒŒ ๋˜๋ฉด, ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120)๊ณผ ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320)์€, ์ œ1 ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„(103)์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๊ณ  ๊ทธ ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„(103)์ด ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜์–ด ์žˆ๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์—, ๋„ 6์—์„œ์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด ์ • ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.In the close mode as described above, when the first body 3 is rotated for a predetermined period, the first main rotation shaft 120 and the first sub rotation shaft 320 are connected through the first frame 103 and the frame ( Since 103 is fixed to the first body 3, it rotates in the forward direction as shown in FIG.

์ด์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ, ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(141) ๋ฐ ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(341)๋Š” ์ • ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜๊ณ , ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(145) ๋ฐ ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(345)๋Š” ์—ญ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(146) ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(346)๋Š” ์ • ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.Accordingly, the first main drive gear 141 and the first sub drive gear 341 rotate in the forward direction, and the first main driven gear 145 and the first sub driven gear 345 rotate in the reverse direction. The second main driven gear 146 and the second sub-driven gear 346 rotate in the forward direction.

๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(130)๊ณผ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(330)์€ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(142) ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(342)๊ฐ€ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(146) ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด(346)์™€ ์น˜ํ•ฉ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์—, ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120)๊ณผ ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320)์˜ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ๊ณผ ๋ฐ˜๋Œ€์ธ ์—ญ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.Accordingly, the second main drive gear 142 and the second sub drive gear 342 may include the second main driven gear 146 and the second sub driven gear. Since it is engaged with 346, the first main rotary shaft 120 and the first sub rotary shaft 320 are rotated in the reverse direction opposite to the rotation direction.

์ฆ‰, ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ(1)์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)๊ฐ€ 0๋„๋กœ ํด๋กœ์ฆˆ๋œ ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ, ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)๊ฐ€ ์ผ์ • ๊ตฌ๊ฐ„ ์˜คํ”ˆ๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120)๊ณผ ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320)์ด ์ •๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „ํ•จ์œผ๋กœ ์ „์ˆ ํ•œ ๋ฐ”์™€ ๊ฐ™์€ ๊ธฐ์–ด๋“ค์˜ ์ƒํ˜ธ ์ž‘์šฉ์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(130)๊ณผ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(330)์€ ์—ญ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.That is, when the first body 3 is opened for a predetermined period while the first and second bodies 3 and 5 of the portable terminal 1 are closed at 0 degrees, the first main rotation shaft 120 and the first main shaft 120 are opened. As the sub rotating shaft 320 rotates in the forward direction, the second main rotating shaft 130 and the second sub rotating shaft 330 rotate in the reverse direction through the interaction of the gears as described above.

์ด๋กœ์จ, ์ƒ์ˆ ํ•œ ๋ฐ”์™€ ๊ฐ™์€ ์ž‘์šฉ์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)๊ฐ€ ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(120)๊ณผ ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(320)์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ • ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜๊ณ , ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(5)๊ฐ€ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(130)๊ณผ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•(330)์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์—ญ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ํšŒ์ „ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜๋ฏ€๋กœ, ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)๋Š” ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(5)์— ๋Œ€ํ•˜์—ฌ 0~360๋„ ๋ฒ”์œ„์—์„œ ์˜คํ”ˆ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.As a result, the first body 3 is rotated in the forward direction through the first main rotation shaft 120 and the first sub rotation shaft 320 through the above-described action, and the second body 5 is rotated in the second direction. Since the main rotation shaft 130 and the second sub-rotation shaft 330 rotate in the reverse direction, the first body 3 may be opened in a range of 0 to 360 degrees with respect to the second body 5.

์ƒ๊ธฐํ•œ ๊ณผ์ •์„ ๊ฑฐ์น˜๋Š” ๋™์•ˆ, ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(101)์˜ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์บ (151) ๋ฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ์ด๋™์บ (155)๊ณผ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(301)์˜ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์บ (351) ๋ฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ์ด๋™์บ (355)์ด ์ฒ˜์Œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋๊นŒ์ง€ ์บ  ์„ ๋„๊ฐ€ ์ผ์ •ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์œ ์ง€๋˜๋„๋ก ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์—, ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)๊ฐ€ 0~360๋„ ํšŒ์ „ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ณผ์ •์—์„œ ๊ทธ ์บ ๋“ค์ด ์ƒ๋Œ€์ ์œผ๋กœ ํฐ ํ† ํฌ๋กœ์„œ ์บ  ์ ‘์ด‰ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.During the above process, the sub rotary cam 351 and the sub moving cam 355 of the main rotating cam 151 and the main moving cam 155 of the main hinge module 101 and the sub hinge module 301 are first displayed. Since the cam diagram is configured to be kept constant from the end to the end, the cams come into contact with the cam as relatively large torques while the first body 3 rotates from 0 to 360 degrees.

๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ๋ณธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ๋Š” 0~360๋„์˜ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ฒ”์œ„์—์„œ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)์˜ ํšŒ์ „์ด ์ž์œ ๋กœ์šด ํ”„๋ฆฌ-์Šคํ†ฑ(Free-Stop) ์˜คํ”ˆ์„ ๊ตฌํ˜„ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.Therefore, in the present embodiment, it is possible to implement free-stop opening in which rotation of the first body 3 is free in the rotation range of 0 to 360 degrees.

ํ•œํŽธ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)๊ฐ€ 360๋„๋กœ ์™„์ „ํžˆ ์˜คํ”ˆ๋œ ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ, ์ด๋“ค ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)๋ฅผ 0๋„๋กœ ํด๋กœ์ฆˆ์‹œํ‚ฌ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ์—๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ์˜ ๊ณผ์ •๊ณผ ์—ญ์ˆœ์œผ๋กœ์„œ ์ž‘๋™ํ•˜๋ฏ€๋กœ, ์ดํ•˜์—์„œ ๋”์šฑ ์ž์„ธํ•œ ์„ค๋ช…์€ ์ƒ๋žตํ•˜๊ธฐ๋กœ ํ•œ๋‹ค.Meanwhile, when the first and second bodies 3 and 5 are completely opened at 360 degrees as described above, when the bodies 3 and 5 are closed at 0 degrees, the operation is performed in the reverse order to the above process. More detailed description will be omitted.

์ง€๊ธˆ๊นŒ์ง€ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•œ ๋ฐ”์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์˜ˆ์‹œ์ ์ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜(100)๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)๊ฐ€ 0๋„๋กœ ๋Œ€๋ฉดํ•œ ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)๋ฅผ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(5)์— ๋Œ€ํ•˜์—ฌ 360๋„ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ค๋ฉฐ ์ž„์˜์˜ ๊ฐ๋„์—์„œ ๋ฉˆ์ถœ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ํ”„๋ฆฌ-์Šคํ†ฑ(Free-Stop) ์˜คํ”ˆ์„ ๊ตฌํ˜„ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฏ€๋กœ, ์‚ฌ์šฉ์˜ ํŽธ๋ฆฌ์„ฑ์„ ํ–ฅ์ƒ์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.As described above, the hinge device 100 for a portable terminal according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention may be configured to display the first body 3 in a state where the first and second bodies 3 and 5 face 0 degrees. Since the free-stop opening can be implemented to rotate 360 degrees with respect to the body 5 and stop at an arbitrary angle, convenience of use can be improved.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ๋ณธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ๋Š” ํ”„๋ฆฌ-์Šคํ†ฑ ์ž‘๋™์„ ๊ตฌํ˜„ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๊ตฌ๋™ ํ† ํฌ๋ฅผ ๋ฐœ์ƒ์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(101) ์™ธ์— ์ด ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(101)๊ณผ ๋ถ„๋ฆฌ๋˜๊ณ  ์ƒํ˜ธ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋ฉฐ ์—ฐ๋™ํ•˜๋Š” ์„œ๋ธŒ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(301)์„ ๊ตฌ๋น„ํ•˜๋ฏ€๋กœ, ์„œ๋ธŒ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(301)์„ ํ†ตํ•ด์„œ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ(101)์˜ ํžŒ์ง€ ์ž‘๋™์„ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””(3)์˜ ์˜คํ”ˆ ์‹œ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(5)์™€์˜ ์œ ๊ฒฉ์„ ์–ต์ œ์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In addition, in the present embodiment, in addition to the main hinge module 101 for generating the drive torque for implementing the pre-stop operation, the main hinge module 101 is provided with a sub-hinge module 301 that is separated, interconnected, and interlocked with the main hinge module 101. In addition, the hinge of the main hinge module 101 may be supported through the sub-hinge module 301, and the gap between the second body 5 and the second body 5 may be suppressed when the first body 3 is opened.

๋˜ํ•œ, ๋ณธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•(105, 305)์˜ ์ถ•๊ฐ„ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๊ฐ€ ๋™์ผํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ •ํ•ด์ ธ ์žˆ๋Š” ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•(105, 305)์ด ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด๋“ค(141, 142, 341, 342)๊ณผ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด๋“ค(145, 146, 345, 346)์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋ฏ€๋กœ, ์ข…๋ž˜ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ๊ณผ ๋‹ฌ๋ฆฌ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด์˜ ํฌ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์ž‘๊ฒŒ ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ณ , ์ „์ฒด ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜(100)์˜ ํฌ๊ธฐ ๋ฐ ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ์ค„์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์˜ ๊ตฌ์กฐ์ ์ธ ์•ˆ์ •์„ฑ์„ ํ–ฅ์ƒ์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In addition, in the present embodiment, when the distance between the axes of the first and second hinge shafts 105 and 305 is determined to be the same, the first and second hinge shafts 105 and 305 are driven gears 141, 142 and 341. , 342 and the driven gears 145, 146, 345, and 346 are connected to each other, so that, unlike the prior art, the size of the driving gear can be reduced, and the size and thickness of the entire hinge device 100 can be reduced. The structural stability of the mobile terminal can be improved.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ๋ณธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ๋Š” ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)์˜ ์ œ4 ๊ด€ํ†ต๋ถ€(312)๊ฐ€ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)์˜ ์ƒ๋Œ€์ ์ธ ํšŒ์ „์„ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ๋”๋ฏธ๋ถ€๋กœ์„œ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€๋ฏ€๋กœ, ๊ทธ ๋”๋ฏธ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๋ณ„๋„๋กœ ์กฐ๋ฆฝํ•  ํ•„์š”๊ฐ€ ์—†์œผ๋ฏ€๋กœ ์กฐ๋ฆฝ ๊ณต์ • ๋ฐ ๋ถ€ํ’ˆ์˜ ๋‹จ์ˆœํ™”๋ฅผ ๋„๋ชจํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In this embodiment, since the fourth through part 312 of the second hinge case 310 is formed as a dummy part supporting the relative rotation of the first and second bodies 3 and 5, the dummy part may be separately assembled. Since there is no need, the assembly process and components can be simplified.

๋”์šฑ์ด, ๋”๋ฏธ๋ถ€๋กœ์„œ์˜ ์ œ4 ๊ด€ํ†ต๋ถ€(312)๊ฐ€ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””(3, 5)์˜ ๊ฐœํ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์ถฉ๊ฒฉ์„ ํก์ˆ˜ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฏ€๋กœ, ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•(105, 305)์ด ๊ทธ ์ถฉ๊ฒฉ์— ์˜ํ•ด ๋ณ€ํ˜•๋˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด๋“ค(141, 142, 341, 342) ๋ฐ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด๋“ค(145, 146, 345, 346)์ด ์†์ƒ๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ๋ฐฉ์ง€ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Furthermore, since the fourth through portion 312 as the dummy portion can absorb the impact of opening and closing the first and second bodies 3 and 5, the first and second hinge shafts 105 and 305 are impacted. Can be prevented from being deformed or damaged by the driving gears 141, 142, 341, 342 and driven gears 145, 146, 345, 346.

๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ๋ณธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•(105, 305)์˜ ๋ณ€ํ˜• ๋ฐ ๊ธฐ์–ด๋“ค์˜ ์†์ƒ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜(100)์˜ ์ž‘๋™์„ฑ ๋ฌธ์ œ๋ฅผ ํ•ด๊ฒฐํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Therefore, in this embodiment, it is possible to solve the problem of the operability of the hinge device 100 due to the deformation of the first and second hinge shafts 105 and 305 and the damage of the gears.

๋˜ํ•œ, ๋ณธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ๋Š” ์ œ3 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ™€๋”(430)๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค(310)์˜ ๋‚ด๋ถ€์— ๊ฐ€์š”์„ฑ ์ธ์‡„ํšŒ๋กœ(390)์˜ ์ด๋™ ๊ฒฝ๋กœ(314)๋ฅผ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๋ฏ€๋กœ, ๊ฐ€์š”์„ฑ ์ธ์‡„ํšŒ๋กœ(390)์˜ ์žฅ์ฐฉ ๋ฐ ๋ฐฐ์„ ์ด ์šฉ์ดํ•˜๋‹ค๋Š” ์ž‡์ ์ด ์žˆ๋‹ค.In addition, in the present exemplary embodiment, since the movement path 314 of the flexible printed circuit 390 is formed inside the second hinge case 310 through the third sub holder 430, the flexible printed circuit 390 The advantage is easy mounting and wiring.

์ด์ƒ์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ๋ฐ”๋žŒ์งํ•œ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์— ๋Œ€ํ•˜์—ฌ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜์˜€์ง€๋งŒ, ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์€ ์ด์— ํ•œ์ •๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด ์•„๋‹ˆ๊ณ  ํŠนํ—ˆ์ฒญ๊ตฌ๋ฒ”์œ„์™€ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์ƒ์„ธํ•œ ์„ค๋ช… ๋ฐ ์ฒจ๋ถ€ํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์˜ ๋ฒ”์œ„ ์•ˆ์—์„œ ์—ฌ๋Ÿฌ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋กœ ๋ณ€ํ˜•ํ•˜์—ฌ ์‹ค์‹œํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ณ  ์ด ๋˜ํ•œ ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ๋ฒ”์œ„์— ์†ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ๋‹น์—ฐํ•˜๋‹ค.Although the preferred embodiments of the present invention have been described above, the present invention is not limited thereto, and various modifications and changes can be made within the scope of the claims and the detailed description of the invention and the accompanying drawings. Naturally, it belongs to the scope of the invention.

Claims (20)

ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์˜ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””๋ฅผ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””์— ๋Œ€ํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ธฐ์„ค์ •๋œ ํšŒ์ „ ๋ฒ”์œ„๋กœ์„œ ํšŒ์ „์‹œํ‚ค๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ์„œ,A hinge device for a portable terminal for rotating the first body of the portable terminal as a preset rotation range with respect to the second body, ์„œ๋กœ ๋ถ„๋ฆฌ๋˜๋ฉฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””์— ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๊ฒŒ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋˜๋Š” ๊ฐ๊ฐ์˜ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ ๋ฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ์„ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๊ณ ,A main hinge module and a sub-hinge module each separated from each other and configured to be connected to the first and second bodies, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ ๋ฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ์€,The main hinge module and the sub hinge module, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋ฉฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ”๋””์˜ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•์„ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๋Š” ์ œ2 ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋ฉฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•๊ณผ ํ‰ํ–‰ํ•œ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•์„ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ ,A second hinge connected to a first frame fixed to the first body to form a first hinge axis of the first body, and connected to a second frame fixed to the second body and parallel to the first hinge axis Forming the hinge axis, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•์˜ ๋™์ถ• ์ƒ์— ๊ธฐ์–ด์œ ๋‹›๊ณผ ์บ ์œ ๋‹›์„ ๊ตฌ์„ฑํ•˜์—ฌ 0~360๋„์˜ ์˜คํ”ˆ ๋ฒ”์œ„์—์„œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””์˜ ํšŒ์ „์ด ์ž์œ ๋กœ์šด ํ”„๋ฆฌ-์Šคํ†ฑ(Free-Stop) ์˜คํ”ˆ์„ ๊ตฌํ˜„ํ•˜๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜.A gear unit and a cam unit are configured on the coaxial axis of each of the first and second hinge shafts to implement free-stop opening free of rotation of the first and second bodies in an open range of 0 to 360 degrees. Hinge device for mobile terminal. ์ œ1 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,According to claim 1, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ์€,The main hinge module, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์™€,A first hinge case rotatably connected to the first and second bodies, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•์˜ ๋™์ถ• ์ƒ์—์„œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•๊ณผ,A first main rotating shaft rotatably mounted to the first hinge case on a coaxial axis of the first hinge shaft; ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•๊ณผ ํ‰ํ–‰ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•์˜ ๋™์ถ• ์ƒ์—์„œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋˜๋Š” ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์„ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋ฉฐ,A second main rotary shaft rotatably mounted to the first hinge case on a coaxial axis of the second hinge shaft in parallel with the first main rotary shaft, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ• ์ƒ์— ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ธฐ์–ด์œ ๋‹›๊ณผ ๋ฉ”์ธ ์บ ์œ ๋‹›์„ ๊ตฌ์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ ,Comprising the main gear unit and the main cam unit on the first and second main rotary shaft, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ์บ ์œ ๋‹›์œผ๋กœ ํƒ„๋ณ„๋ ฅ์„ ๋ฐœํœ˜ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฉ”์ธ ํƒ„์„ฑ๋ถ€์žฌ๋ฅผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์— ์žฅ์ฐฉํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜.A hinge device for a portable terminal comprising a main elastic member exerting a crushing force on the main cam unit on the first and second main rotary shafts. ์ œ2 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,The method of claim 2, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ์€,The sub hinge module, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์™€ ๋ณ„๊ฐœ๋กœ์„œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋Š” ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์™€,A second hinge case rotatably connected to the first and second bodies separately from the first hinge case; ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•์˜ ๋™์ถ• ์ƒ์—์„œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•๊ณผ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•๊ณผ,A first sub-rotation shaft rotatably mounted to the second hinge case on the coaxial axis of the first hinge shaft and connected to the first main rotation shaft through the first frame; ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•๊ณผ ํ‰ํ–‰ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•์˜ ๋™์ถ• ์ƒ์—์„œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•๊ณผ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋Š” ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์„ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋ฉฐ,A second sub rotating shaft rotatably mounted to the second hinge case on a coaxial axis of the second hinge shaft in parallel with the first sub rotating shaft, and connected to the second main rotating shaft through the second frame; ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ• ์ƒ์— ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ธฐ์–ด์œ ๋‹›๊ณผ ์„œ๋ธŒ ์บ ์œ ๋‹›์„ ๊ตฌ์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ ,Configuring a sub gear unit and a sub cam unit on the first and second sub rotating shafts; ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ์บ ์œ ๋‹›์œผ๋กœ ํƒ„๋ณ„๋ ฅ์„ ๋ฐœํœ˜ํ•˜๋Š” ์„œ๋ธŒ ํƒ„์„ฑ๋ถ€์žฌ๋ฅผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์— ์žฅ์ฐฉํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜.A hinge device for a portable terminal comprising attaching a sub-elastic member exerting a bullet force to the sub cam unit to the first and second sub-rotation shafts. ์ œ3 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,The method of claim 3, wherein ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค๋Š”,The second hinge case, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””์˜ ํšŒ๋กœ ์žฅ์น˜์™€ ์ „๊ธฐ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋œ ๊ฐ€์š”์„ฑ ์ธ์‡„ํšŒ๋กœ๋ฅผ ํ†ต๊ณผ์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ์ด๋™ ๊ฒฝ๋กœ๋ฅผ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜.And a moving path through which a flexible printed circuit electrically connected to the circuit devices of the first and second bodies is formed. ์ œ3 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,The method of claim 3, wherein ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•๊ณผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋ฉฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•์„ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ ,The first main rotational shaft and the first sub-rotational shaft are connected through the first frame to form the first hinge shaft; ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•๊ณผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํ”„๋ ˆ์ž„์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋ฉฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€์ถ•์„ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜.And the second main rotating shaft and the second sub rotating shaft are connected through the second frame to form the second hinge shaft. ์ œ2 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,The method of claim 2, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ธฐ์–ด์œ ๋‹›์€,The main gear unit, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์— ๊ฐ๊ฐ ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด์™€,First and second main drive gears fixed to the first and second main rotation shafts, respectively; ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์˜ ๋‚ด๋ถ€์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด์™€ ์ƒํ˜ธ ์น˜ํ•ฉํ•˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด์™€,A first main driven gear rotatably installed in the first hinge case and meshing with the first main drive gear; ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์˜ ๋‚ด๋ถ€์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด ๋ฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด์™€ ์ƒํ˜ธ ์น˜ํ•ฉํ•˜๋Š” ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ดA second main driven gear rotatably installed in the first hinge case and meshing with the first main driven gear and the second main driving gear; ๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜.Hinge device for a mobile terminal comprising a. ์ œ3 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,The method of claim 3, wherein ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ธฐ์–ด์œ ๋‹›์€,The sub gear unit, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์— ๊ฐ๊ฐ ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด์™€,First and second sub-drive gears fixedly installed on the first and second sub-rotation shafts, respectively; ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์˜ ๋‚ด๋ถ€์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด์™€ ์ƒํ˜ธ ์น˜ํ•ฉํ•˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด์™€,A first sub-driven gear rotatably installed in the second hinge case and meshing with the first sub-drive gear; ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์˜ ๋‚ด๋ถ€์— ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด ๋ฐ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด์™€ ์ƒํ˜ธ ์น˜ํ•ฉํ•˜๋Š” ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ดA second sub-driven gear rotatably installed in the second hinge case and meshing with the first sub-driven gear and the second sub-drive gear; ๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜.Hinge device for a mobile terminal comprising a. ์ œ6 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,The method of claim 6, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ์บ ์œ ๋‹›์€,The main cam unit, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด์™€ ๋ณ„๊ฐœ๋กœ์„œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์— ๊ฐ๊ฐ ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด์— ๊ฐ๊ฐ ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ๋˜๋Š” ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์บ ๊ณผ,A main rotary cam rotatably mounted to the first and second main rotation shafts separately from the first and second main drive gears, and coupled to the first and second main drive gears, respectively; ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์— ์ถ• ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์„ ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ง์„  ์ด๋™ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์บ ๊ณผ ์ƒํ˜ธ ์บ  ์ ‘์ด‰ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฉ”์ธ ์ด๋™์บ A main moving cam installed on the first and second main rotary shafts so as to be linearly movable along the axial direction and in contact with each of the main rotary cams; ์„ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜.Hinge device for a mobile terminal comprising a. ์ œ8 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,The method of claim 8, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์— ๊ฐ๊ฐ ์ธ์„œํŠธ ์‚ฌ์ถœ ์„ฑํ˜•๋˜๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์บ ์— ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ ๋Œ๊ธฐ๊ฐ€ ์ผ์ฒด๋กœ ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜๊ณ ,Each of the first and second main drive gears is insert injection molded to the first and second main rotary shafts, respectively, and a pair of engaging protrusions that can be coupled to each of the main rotary cams is integrally formed. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์บ ์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ ๋Œ๊ธฐ๊ฐ€ ๋ผ์›Œ์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ๊ฒฐํ•ฉํ™ˆ์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜.Each of the main rotary cam is a hinge device for a mobile terminal is formed a pair of coupling grooves to which the coupling projection is fitted. ์ œ8 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,The method of claim 8, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ์ด๋™์บ ์€,The main mobile cam, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์บ ๊ณผ ์บ  ์ ‘์ด‰ํ•˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์บ ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์บ ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ์ผ์ฒด๋กœ์„œ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜.A hinge device for a portable terminal, comprising first and second cam portions in cam contact with each of the main rotary cams, wherein the first and second cam portions are integrally formed. ์ œ7 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,The method of claim 7, wherein ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ์บ ์œ ๋‹›์€,The sub cam unit, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด์— ๊ฐ๊ฐ ์ผ์ฒด๋กœ์„œ ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜๋Š” ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์บ ๊ณผ,A sub rotary cam formed integrally with the first and second sub drive gears, respectively; ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์— ์ถ• ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์„ ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ง์„  ์ด๋™ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์บ ๊ณผ ์ƒํ˜ธ ์บ  ์ ‘์ด‰ํ•˜๋Š” ์„œ๋ธŒ ์ด๋™์บ Sub-moving cams installed on the first and second sub-rotation shafts so as to be linearly movable along the axial direction and cam-contacting each of the sub-rotation cams. ์„ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜.Hinge device for a mobile terminal comprising a. ์ œ11 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,The method of claim 11, wherein ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด์™€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์บ ์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์— ์ธ์„œํŠธ ์‚ฌ์ถœ ์„ฑํ˜•๋˜์–ด ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜.And each of the first and second sub-drive gears and each of the sub-rotary cams is insert injection molded to each of the first and second sub-rotation shafts. ์ œ11 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,The method of claim 11, wherein ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ์ด๋™์บ ์€,The sub mobile cam, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์บ ๊ณผ ์บ  ์ ‘์ด‰ํ•˜๋Š” ์ œ3 ๋ฐ ์ œ4 ์บ ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ3 ๋ฐ ์ œ4 ์บ ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ์ผ์ฒด๋กœ์„œ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜.And a third and a fourth cam portion in cam contact with each of the sub-rotary cams, wherein the third and fourth cam portions are integrally formed. ์ œ2 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,The method of claim 2, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ์€,The main hinge module, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด๋ฅผ ์‚ฌ์ด์— ๋‘๊ณ  ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜์–ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•๊ณผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด๋ฅผ ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ™€๋”๋ฅผ ๋”์šฑ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜.A first shaft fixedly mounted to the first hinge case with the first and second main driven gears interposed therebetween to rotatably support the first and second main rotary shafts and the first and second main driven gears; A hinge device for a portable terminal further comprising a first and a second main holder. ์ œ14 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,The method of claim 14, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ™€๋”๋Š” ๋ณผํŠธ๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์ด ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋ผ์›Œ์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ์žฅ์ฐฉํ™€์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜๋ฉฐ,The first main holder is fixed to the first hinge case through a bolt, a pair of first mounting holes are formed to be rotatably fitted to each of the first and second main rotation shaft, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ™€๋”๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์— ํ˜•์„ฑ๋œ ๊ณ ์ • ๋Œ๊ธฐ์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด๊ฐ€ ํ†ต๊ณผํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ2 ์žฅ์ฐฉํ™€์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜๋ฉฐ,The second main holder is fixedly installed on a fixing protrusion formed in the first hinge case, and a pair of second mounting holes through which the first and second main driving gears pass, is formed. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ™€๋”๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด๋ฅผ ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ1 ์žฅ์ฐฉํ™ˆ์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜.And each of the first and second main holders is provided with a pair of first mounting grooves rotatably supporting the first and second main driven gears. ์ œ3 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,The method of claim 3, wherein ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํžŒ์ง€ ๋ชจ๋“ˆ์€,The sub hinge module, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด๋ฅผ ์‚ฌ์ด์— ๋‘๊ณ  ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜์–ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์˜ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€์™€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด๋ฅผ ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ™€๋”์™€,It is fixed to the second hinge case with the first and second sub-driven gears interposed therebetween to enable rotation of one end of each of the first and second sub-rotation shafts and the first and second sub-driven gears. Supporting first and second sub holders, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜์–ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€๋ฅผ ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ์ œ3 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ™€๋”๋ฅผ ๋”์šฑ ํฌํ•จํ•˜๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜.And a third sub holder fixed to the second hinge case and rotatably supporting the other end of each of the first and second sub-rotation shafts. ์ œ16 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,The method of claim 16, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ™€๋”๋Š” ๋ณผํŠธ๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์˜ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋ผ์›Œ์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ3 ์žฅ์ฐฉํ™€์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜๋ฉฐ,The first sub holder is fixed to the second hinge case through a bolt, and a pair of third mounting holes are formed in which one end of each of the first and second sub rotating shafts can be rotatably fitted. , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ™€๋”๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์— ํ˜•์„ฑ๋œ ๊ณ ์ • ๋Œ๊ธฐ์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ๊ตฌ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด๊ฐ€ ํ†ต๊ณผํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ4 ์žฅ์ฐฉํ™€์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜๋ฉฐ,The second sub holder is fixedly installed on a fixing protrusion formed in the second hinge case, and a pair of fourth mounting holes through which the first and second sub driving gears pass, is formed. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ3 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ™€๋”๋Š” ๋ณผํŠธ๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ2 ํžŒ์ง€ ์ผ€์ด์Šค์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค์น˜๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ผ์ธก ๋‹จ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋ผ์›Œ์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ์ œ5 ์žฅ์ฐฉํ™€์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜๋ฉฐ,The third sub holder is fixedly installed to the second hinge case through a bolt, and a fifth mounting hole is formed in which the other one end of each of the first and second sub rotating shafts can be rotatably fitted. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ™€๋”๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ”ผ๋™ ๊ธฐ์–ด๋ฅผ ํšŒ์ „ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ œ2 ์žฅ์ฐฉํ™ˆ์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜.And each of the first and second sub holders has a pair of second mounting grooves rotatably supporting the first and second sub-driven gears. ์ œ16 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,The method of claim 16, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ3 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํ™€๋”๋Š”,The third sub holder, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฐ”๋””์˜ ํšŒ๋กœ ์žฅ์น˜์™€ ์ „๊ธฐ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋œ ๊ฐ€์š”์„ฑ ์ธ์‡„ํšŒ๋กœ๋ฅผ ํ†ต๊ณผ์‹œํ‚ฌ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ์ด๋™ ๊ฒฝ๋กœ๋ฅผ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜.And a moving path through which a flexible printed circuit electrically connected to the circuit devices of the first and second bodies is passed. ์ œ2 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,The method of claim 2, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฉ”์ธ ํƒ„์„ฑ๋ถ€์žฌ๋Š”,The main elastic member, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ๋ฉ”์ธ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์— ๊ฐ๊ฐ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋˜๋Š” ์••์ถ• ์ฝ”์ผ ์Šคํ”„๋ง์œผ๋กœ์„œ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜.A hinge device for a portable terminal, comprising a compression coil spring mounted to the first and second main rotary shafts, respectively. ์ œ3 ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ,The method of claim 3, wherein ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์„œ๋ธŒ ํƒ„์„ฑ๋ถ€์žฌ๋Š”,The sub elastic member, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ ์ œ1 ๋ฐ ์ œ2 ์„œ๋ธŒ ํšŒ์ „์ถ•์ด ๋ผ์›Œ์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ํ•œ ์Œ์˜ ์ถ•๊ณต์„ ์ง€๋‹Œ ์›จ์ด๋ธŒ ์Šคํ”„๋ง์œผ๋กœ์„œ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€๋Š” ํœด๋Œ€ ๋‹จ๋ง๊ธฐ์šฉ ํžŒ์ง€์žฅ์น˜.A hinge device for a portable terminal, comprising a wave spring having a pair of shaft holes into which the first and second sub-rotation shafts can be fitted.
PCT/KR2010/000620 2009-07-23 2010-02-02 Hinge apparatus for portable terminal Ceased WO2011010779A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020090067425A KR100949839B1 (en) 2009-07-23 2009-07-23 Hinge device for mobile phone
KR10-2009-0067425 2009-07-23

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2011010779A1 true WO2011010779A1 (en) 2011-01-27

Family

ID=42183873

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/KR2010/000620 Ceased WO2011010779A1 (en) 2009-07-23 2010-02-02 Hinge apparatus for portable terminal

Country Status (2)

Country Link
KR (1) KR100949839B1 (en)
WO (1) WO2011010779A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, โ€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2546719A3 (en) * 2011-07-13 2015-09-16 Acer Incorporated Hinge for electronic device
WO2016004640A1 (en) * 2014-07-07 2016-01-14 ็”ฐๆ–‡่ƒœ Rotating shaft of portable flip cover product
US9845625B2 (en) 2012-05-31 2017-12-19 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Hinge apparatus and computing apparatus having the same
WO2024061003A1 (en) * 2022-09-19 2024-03-28 ๅฎ‰่ดน่ฏบ้ฃžๅ‡ค(ๅฎ‰ๅ‰)้€šไฟก้ƒจๅ“ๆœ‰้™ๅ…ฌๅธ Hinge of mobile terminal with foldable flexible screen

Families Citing this family (19)

* Cited by examiner, โ€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR200460006Y1 (en) 2010-09-17 2012-04-26 (์ฃผ) ํ”„๋ ‰์ฝ” Hinge device for mobile phone
KR101210540B1 (en) * 2011-04-29 2012-12-10 (์ฃผ) ํ”„๋ ‰์ฝ” Hinge device of folding type mobile phone
KR101237952B1 (en) 2011-05-19 2013-02-28 (์ฃผ) ํ”„๋ ‰์ฝ” Hinge Apparatus and Portable Electronic Device with the Hinge Apparatus
KR101744788B1 (en) 2015-09-18 2017-06-09 ์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ ์ผ€์ด์—์ด์น˜๋ฐ”ํ… Apparatus of hinge for portable electronic equipment
KR102414445B1 (en) 2017-12-27 2022-06-29 ์‚ผ์„ฑ์ „์ž์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ Convertible-type electronic apparatus with dual-axis hinge device
KR102602282B1 (en) 2018-02-03 2023-11-15 (์ฃผ)์—์ด์œ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์Šค Elastic Device
WO2020171260A1 (en) * 2019-02-21 2020-08-27 ์—˜์ง€์ „์ž ์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ Terminal case
WO2020171259A1 (en) * 2019-02-21 2020-08-27 ์—˜์ง€์ „์ž ์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ Terminal case
WO2020209443A1 (en) * 2019-04-11 2020-10-15 ์—˜์ง€์ „์ž ์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ Mobile terminal and auxiliary device coupled thereto
KR20200139066A (en) 2019-06-03 2020-12-11 (์ฃผ)์—์ด์œ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์Šค Elastic Device
KR20210016498A (en) 2019-08-04 2021-02-16 (์ฃผ)์—์ด์œ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์Šค Folding Hinge Module for Foldable Display Device
KR20220050462A (en) * 2020-10-16 2022-04-25 ์‚ผ์„ฑ์ „์ž์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ Hinge structure and Electronic device including the same
KR20230056736A (en) * 2020-12-07 2023-04-27 ์—˜์ง€์ „์ž ์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ mobile terminal
KR102485966B1 (en) 2021-03-19 2023-01-10 ์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ ํŒŒ์ธ ํ… Foldable mobile terminal hinge module
KR20230020121A (en) 2021-08-03 2023-02-10 ์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ ํŒŒ์ธํ…Œํฌ๋‹‰์Šค 360-degree free stop hinge module
KR102598621B1 (en) * 2021-11-29 2023-11-07 ์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ ํŒŒ์ธ์— ํ… Tension mechanism of hinge device for foldable portable terminal
WO2023219475A1 (en) 2022-05-12 2023-11-16 (์ฃผ)์—์ด์œ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์Šค Display device having in-folding hinge installed to adjust angle of wing plate
KR102714559B1 (en) 2022-08-19 2024-10-11 ์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ ํŒŒ์ธ ํ… Foldable mobile terminal hinge module
KR20240038633A (en) 2022-09-16 2024-03-25 (์ฃผ)์—์ด์œ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์Šค In and Out Foldable Display Device

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, โ€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR100664215B1 (en) * 2005-09-05 2007-01-04 ์—˜์ง€์ „์ž ์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ 360 ยฐ sequential hinge
KR20070007942A (en) * 2004-04-21 2007-01-16 ๋…ธํ‚ค์•„ ์ฝ”ํฌ๋ ˆ์ด์…˜ Mobile communication device with synchronization hinge
JP2008075747A (en) * 2006-09-21 2008-04-03 Strawberry Corporation HINGE DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING HINGE DEVICE
KR100826611B1 (en) * 2007-07-20 2008-05-02 ๋ฐฑํƒœ์„  Cellphone folder

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, โ€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR100909713B1 (en) * 2009-02-16 2009-07-29 (์ฃผ) ํ”„๋ ‰์ฝ” Hinge device for mobile terminal

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, โ€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20070007942A (en) * 2004-04-21 2007-01-16 ๋…ธํ‚ค์•„ ์ฝ”ํฌ๋ ˆ์ด์…˜ Mobile communication device with synchronization hinge
KR100664215B1 (en) * 2005-09-05 2007-01-04 ์—˜์ง€์ „์ž ์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ 360 ยฐ sequential hinge
JP2008075747A (en) * 2006-09-21 2008-04-03 Strawberry Corporation HINGE DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING HINGE DEVICE
KR100826611B1 (en) * 2007-07-20 2008-05-02 ๋ฐฑํƒœ์„  Cellphone folder

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, โ€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2546719A3 (en) * 2011-07-13 2015-09-16 Acer Incorporated Hinge for electronic device
US9845625B2 (en) 2012-05-31 2017-12-19 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Hinge apparatus and computing apparatus having the same
TWI667566B (en) * 2012-05-31 2019-08-01 ไธ‰ๆ˜Ÿ้›ปๅญ่‚กไปฝๆœ‰้™ๅ…ฌๅธ Hinge apparatus and computing apparatus having the same
WO2016004640A1 (en) * 2014-07-07 2016-01-14 ็”ฐๆ–‡่ƒœ Rotating shaft of portable flip cover product
WO2024061003A1 (en) * 2022-09-19 2024-03-28 ๅฎ‰่ดน่ฏบ้ฃžๅ‡ค(ๅฎ‰ๅ‰)้€šไฟก้ƒจๅ“ๆœ‰้™ๅ…ฌๅธ Hinge of mobile terminal with foldable flexible screen

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR100949839B1 (en) 2010-03-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2011010779A1 (en) Hinge apparatus for portable terminal
WO2022119360A1 (en) Portable terminal hinge having foldable structure
WO2010093139A2 (en) Hinge apparatus for portable terminal
WO2020222466A1 (en) Hinge structure and electronic device including the same
WO2022108101A1 (en) Foldable hinge device
WO2019107701A1 (en) Electronic device including hinge structure
WO2019093682A1 (en) Display device
WO2022050596A1 (en) Electronic device comprising flexible display
WO2020171482A1 (en) Hinge module including detent structure and foldable electronic device including the hinge module
WO2022035047A1 (en) Electronic device comprising hinge module
WO2021162212A1 (en) Hinge structure and foldable electronic apparatus including the same
WO2022114266A1 (en) Mobile terminal
WO2009131328A2 (en) Slide-type opening/closing device and portable electronic apparatus
WO2017222243A1 (en) Electronic device comprising multiple displays
WO2022173237A2 (en) Hinge module and electronic device comprising same
WO2010035989A2 (en) Slide apparatus, tilting mechanism and slide type equipment using the same
WO2022065834A1 (en) Hinge structure and electronic device comprising same
WO2010093117A2 (en) Tilt type sliding module for mobile phone and terminal holder using the same
WO2022010137A1 (en) Electronic apparatus comprising flexible display
WO2020218688A1 (en) Display apparatus
WO2020153521A1 (en) Display device
WO2023219232A1 (en) Hinge structure in which at least part of folding area of display is accommodated, and foldable electronic device comprising same
WO2022080716A1 (en) Foldable hinge device
WO2011093552A1 (en) Portable terminal equipped with hinge module having double rotary shafts
WO2022030743A1 (en) Electronic device comprising hinge module

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 10802372

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 10802372

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1